1 /* subst.c -- The part of the shell that does parameter, command, arithmetic,
2 and globbing substitutions. */
4 /* ``Have a little faith, there's magic in the night. You ain't a
5 beauty, but, hey, you're alright.'' */
7 /* Copyright (C) 1987-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
9 This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
11 Bash is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
14 (at your option) any later version.
16 Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 GNU General Public License for more details.
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with Bash. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
27 #include "bashtypes.h"
29 #include "chartypes.h"
30 #if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
36 #if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
40 #define NEED_FPURGE_DECL
43 #include "posixstat.h"
50 #include "execute_cmd.h"
54 #include "mailcheck.h"
57 #if defined (HAVE_MBSTR_H) && defined (HAVE_MBSCHR)
58 # include <mbstr.h> /* mbschr */
62 #include "builtins/getopt.h"
63 #include "builtins/common.h"
65 #include "builtins/builtext.h"
67 #include <tilde/tilde.h>
68 #include <glob/strmatch.h>
74 /* The size that strings change by. */
75 #define DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE 112
76 #define DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE 128
82 #define VT_ARRAYMEMBER 3
85 #define VT_STARSUB 128 /* $* or ${array[*]} -- used to split */
87 /* Flags for quoted_strchr */
88 #define ST_BACKSL 0x01
89 #define ST_CTLESC 0x02
90 #define ST_SQUOTE 0x04 /* unused yet */
91 #define ST_DQUOTE 0x08 /* unused yet */
93 /* These defs make it easier to use the editor. */
101 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
106 #define DOLLAR_AT_STAR(c) ((c) == '@' || (c) == '*')
107 #define STR_DOLLAR_AT_STAR(s) (DOLLAR_AT_STAR ((s)[0]) && (s)[1] == '\0')
109 /* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters whose length
110 can be taken, but is also one of the special expansion characters. */
111 #define VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM(c) \
112 ((c) == '-' || (c) == '?' || (c) == '#' || (c) == '@')
114 /* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters for which an
115 indirect variable reference may be made. */
116 #define VALID_INDIR_PARAM(c) \
117 ((posixly_correct == 0 && (c) == '#') || (posixly_correct == 0 && (c) == '?') || (c) == '@' || (c) == '*')
119 /* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the OP characters that follows the parameter
120 in ${parameter[:]OPword}. */
121 #define VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR(c) (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)c] & CSUBSTOP)
123 /* Evaluates to 1 if this is one of the shell's special variables. */
124 #define SPECIAL_VAR(name, wi) \
125 (*name && ((DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name)) || \
126 (name[1] == '\0' && (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)*name] & CSPECVAR)) || \
127 (wi && name[2] == '\0' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1]))))
129 /* This can be used by all of the *_extract_* functions that have a similar
130 structure. It can't just be wrapped in a do...while(0) loop because of
131 the embedded `break'. The dangling else accommodates a trailing semicolon;
132 we could also put in a do ; while (0) */
134 #define CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN(oind, ind, len, ch) \
143 /* An expansion function that takes a string and a quoted flag and returns
144 a WORD_LIST *. Used as the type of the third argument to
145 expand_string_if_necessary(). */
146 typedef WORD_LIST
*EXPFUNC
PARAMS((char *, int));
148 /* Process ID of the last command executed within command substitution. */
149 pid_t last_command_subst_pid
= NO_PID
;
150 pid_t current_command_subst_pid
= NO_PID
;
152 /* Variables used to keep track of the characters in IFS. */
155 unsigned char ifs_cmap
[UCHAR_MAX
+ 1];
156 int ifs_is_set
, ifs_is_null
;
158 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
159 unsigned char ifs_firstc
[MB_LEN_MAX
];
160 size_t ifs_firstc_len
;
162 unsigned char ifs_firstc
;
165 /* If non-zero, command substitution inherits the value of errexit option */
166 int inherit_errexit
= 0;
168 /* Sentinel to tell when we are performing variable assignments preceding a
169 command name and putting them into the environment. Used to make sure
170 we use the temporary environment when looking up variable values. */
171 int assigning_in_environment
;
173 /* Used to hold a list of variable assignments preceding a command. Global
174 so the SIGCHLD handler in jobs.c can unwind-protect it when it runs a
175 SIGCHLD trap and so it can be saved and restored by the trap handlers. */
176 WORD_LIST
*subst_assign_varlist
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
178 /* Tell the expansion functions to not longjmp back to top_level on fatal
179 errors. Enabled when doing completion and prompt string expansion. */
180 int no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
= 0;
182 /* Non-zero means to allow unmatched globbed filenames to expand to
184 int allow_null_glob_expansion
;
186 /* Non-zero means to throw an error when globbing fails to match anything. */
187 int fail_glob_expansion
;
189 /* Extern functions and variables from different files. */
190 extern struct fd_bitmap
*current_fds_to_close
;
191 extern int wordexp_only
;
193 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
194 extern PROCESS
*last_procsub_child
;
197 #if !defined (HAVE_WCSDUP) && defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
198 extern wchar_t *wcsdup
PARAMS((const wchar_t *));
202 /* Variables to keep track of which words in an expanded word list (the
203 output of expand_word_list_internal) are the result of globbing
204 expansions. GLOB_ARGV_FLAGS is used by execute_cmd.c.
205 (CURRENTLY UNUSED). */
206 char *glob_argv_flags
;
207 static int glob_argv_flags_size
;
210 static WORD_LIST
*cached_quoted_dollar_at
= 0;
212 /* Distinguished error values to return from expansion functions */
213 static WORD_LIST expand_word_error
, expand_word_fatal
;
214 static WORD_DESC expand_wdesc_error
, expand_wdesc_fatal
;
215 static char expand_param_error
, expand_param_fatal
, expand_param_unset
;
216 static char extract_string_error
, extract_string_fatal
;
218 /* Set by expand_word_unsplit and several of the expand_string_XXX functions;
219 used to inhibit splitting and re-joining $* on $IFS, primarily when doing
220 assignment statements. The idea is that if we're in a context where this
221 is set, we're not going to be performing word splitting, so we use the same
222 rules to expand $* as we would if it appeared within double quotes. */
223 static int expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 0;
225 /* A WORD_LIST of words to be expanded by expand_word_list_internal,
226 without any leading variable assignments. */
227 static WORD_LIST
*garglist
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
229 static char *quoted_substring
PARAMS((char *, int, int));
230 static int quoted_strlen
PARAMS((char *));
231 static char *quoted_strchr
PARAMS((char *, int, int));
233 static char *expand_string_if_necessary
PARAMS((char *, int, EXPFUNC
*));
234 static inline char *expand_string_to_string_internal
PARAMS((char *, int, EXPFUNC
*));
235 static WORD_LIST
*call_expand_word_internal
PARAMS((WORD_DESC
*, int, int, int *, int *));
236 static WORD_LIST
*expand_string_internal
PARAMS((char *, int));
237 static WORD_LIST
*expand_string_leave_quoted
PARAMS((char *, int));
238 static WORD_LIST
*expand_string_for_rhs
PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, int *, int *));
239 static WORD_LIST
*expand_string_for_pat
PARAMS((char *, int, int *, int *));
241 static char *quote_escapes_internal
PARAMS((const char *, int));
243 static WORD_LIST
*list_quote_escapes
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*));
244 static WORD_LIST
*list_dequote_escapes
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*));
246 static char *make_quoted_char
PARAMS((int));
247 static WORD_LIST
*quote_list
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*));
249 static int unquoted_substring
PARAMS((char *, char *));
250 static int unquoted_member
PARAMS((int, char *));
252 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
253 static SHELL_VAR
*do_compound_assignment
PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
255 static int do_assignment_internal
PARAMS((const WORD_DESC
*, int));
257 static char *string_extract_verbatim
PARAMS((char *, size_t, int *, char *, int));
258 static char *string_extract
PARAMS((char *, int *, char *, int));
259 static char *string_extract_double_quoted
PARAMS((char *, int *, int));
260 static inline char *string_extract_single_quoted
PARAMS((char *, int *));
261 static inline int skip_single_quoted
PARAMS((const char *, size_t, int, int));
262 static int skip_double_quoted
PARAMS((char *, size_t, int, int));
263 static char *extract_delimited_string
PARAMS((char *, int *, char *, char *, char *, int));
264 static char *extract_dollar_brace_string
PARAMS((char *, int *, int, int));
265 static int skip_matched_pair
PARAMS((const char *, int, int, int, int));
267 static char *pos_params
PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, int));
269 static unsigned char *mb_getcharlens
PARAMS((char *, int));
271 static char *remove_upattern
PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
272 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
273 static wchar_t *remove_wpattern
PARAMS((wchar_t *, size_t, wchar_t *, int));
275 static char *remove_pattern
PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
277 static int match_upattern
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char **, char **));
278 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
279 static int match_wpattern
PARAMS((wchar_t *, char **, size_t, wchar_t *, int, char **, char **));
281 static int match_pattern
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char **, char **));
282 static int getpatspec
PARAMS((int, char *));
283 static char *getpattern
PARAMS((char *, int, int));
284 static char *variable_remove_pattern
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int));
285 static char *list_remove_pattern
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*, char *, int, int, int));
286 static char *parameter_list_remove_pattern
PARAMS((int, char *, int, int));
288 static char *array_remove_pattern
PARAMS((SHELL_VAR
*, char *, int, int, int));
290 static char *parameter_brace_remove_pattern
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
292 static char *string_var_assignment
PARAMS((SHELL_VAR
*, char *));
293 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
294 static char *array_var_assignment
PARAMS((SHELL_VAR
*, int, int, int));
296 static char *pos_params_assignment
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*, int, int));
297 static char *string_transform
PARAMS((int, SHELL_VAR
*, char *));
298 static char *list_transform
PARAMS((int, SHELL_VAR
*, WORD_LIST
*, int, int));
299 static char *parameter_list_transform
PARAMS((int, int, int));
300 #if defined ARRAY_VARS
301 static char *array_transform
PARAMS((int, SHELL_VAR
*, int, int));
303 static char *parameter_brace_transform
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int, int));
304 static int valid_parameter_transform
PARAMS((char *));
306 static char *process_substitute
PARAMS((char *, int));
308 static char *read_comsub
PARAMS((int, int, int, int *));
311 static arrayind_t array_length_reference
PARAMS((char *));
314 static int valid_brace_expansion_word
PARAMS((char *, int));
315 static int chk_atstar
PARAMS((char *, int, int, int *, int *));
316 static int chk_arithsub
PARAMS((const char *, int));
318 static WORD_DESC
*parameter_brace_expand_word
PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, arrayind_t
*));
319 static char *parameter_brace_find_indir
PARAMS((char *, int, int, int));
320 static WORD_DESC
*parameter_brace_expand_indir
PARAMS((char *, int, int, int, int *, int *));
321 static WORD_DESC
*parameter_brace_expand_rhs
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int, int, int *, int *));
322 static void parameter_brace_expand_error
PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
324 static int valid_length_expression
PARAMS((char *));
325 static intmax_t parameter_brace_expand_length
PARAMS((char *));
327 static char *skiparith
PARAMS((char *, int));
328 static int verify_substring_values
PARAMS((SHELL_VAR
*, char *, char *, int, intmax_t *, intmax_t *));
329 static int get_var_and_type
PARAMS((char *, char *, arrayind_t
, int, int, SHELL_VAR
**, char **));
330 static char *mb_substring
PARAMS((char *, int, int));
331 static char *parameter_brace_substring
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
333 static int shouldexp_replacement
PARAMS((char *));
335 static char *pos_params_pat_subst
PARAMS((char *, char *, char *, int));
337 static char *parameter_brace_patsub
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, char *, int, int, int));
339 static char *pos_params_casemod
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int));
340 static char *parameter_brace_casemod
PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int, char *, int, int, int));
342 static WORD_DESC
*parameter_brace_expand
PARAMS((char *, int *, int, int, int *, int *));
343 static WORD_DESC
*param_expand
PARAMS((char *, int *, int, int *, int *, int *, int *, int));
345 static WORD_LIST
*expand_word_internal
PARAMS((WORD_DESC
*, int, int, int *, int *));
347 static WORD_LIST
*word_list_split
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*));
349 static void exp_jump_to_top_level
PARAMS((int));
351 static WORD_LIST
*separate_out_assignments
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*));
352 static WORD_LIST
*glob_expand_word_list
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*, int));
353 #ifdef BRACE_EXPANSION
354 static WORD_LIST
*brace_expand_word_list
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*, int));
356 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
357 static int make_internal_declare
PARAMS((char *, char *, char *));
358 static void expand_compound_assignment_word
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*, int));
359 static WORD_LIST
*expand_declaration_argument
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*, WORD_LIST
*));
361 static WORD_LIST
*shell_expand_word_list
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*, int));
362 static WORD_LIST
*expand_word_list_internal
PARAMS((WORD_LIST
*, int));
364 /* **************************************************************** */
366 /* Utility Functions */
368 /* **************************************************************** */
372 dump_word_flags (flags
)
378 fprintf (stderr
, "%d -> ", f
);
382 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ARRAYIND%s", f
? "|" : "");
384 if (f
& W_ASSIGNASSOC
)
387 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ASSIGNASSOC%s", f
? "|" : "");
389 if (f
& W_ASSIGNARRAY
)
392 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ASSIGNARRAY%s", f
? "|" : "");
394 if (f
& W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
)
396 f
&= ~W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
;
397 fprintf (stderr
, "W_SAWQUOTEDNULL%s", f
? "|" : "");
402 fprintf (stderr
, "W_NOPROCSUB%s", f
? "|" : "");
407 fprintf (stderr
, "W_DQUOTE%s", f
? "|" : "");
409 if (f
& W_HASQUOTEDNULL
)
411 f
&= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
412 fprintf (stderr
, "W_HASQUOTEDNULL%s", f
? "|" : "");
417 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ASSIGNARG%s", f
? "|" : "");
422 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ASSNBLTIN%s", f
? "|" : "");
424 if (f
& W_ASSNGLOBAL
)
427 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ASSNGLOBAL%s", f
? "|" : "");
429 if (f
& W_COMPASSIGN
)
432 fprintf (stderr
, "W_COMPASSIGN%s", f
? "|" : "");
437 fprintf (stderr
, "W_EXPANDRHS%s", f
? "|" : "");
442 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ITILDE%s", f
? "|" : "");
447 fprintf (stderr
, "W_NOTILDE%s", f
? "|" : "");
452 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ASSIGNRHS%s", f
? "|" : "");
454 if (f
& W_NOASSNTILDE
)
457 fprintf (stderr
, "W_NOASSNTILDE%s", f
? "|" : "");
462 fprintf (stderr
, "W_NOCOMSUB%s", f
? "|" : "");
464 if (f
& W_DOLLARSTAR
)
467 fprintf (stderr
, "W_DOLLARSTAR%s", f
? "|" : "");
472 fprintf (stderr
, "W_DOLLARAT%s", f
? "|" : "");
477 fprintf (stderr
, "W_TILDEEXP%s", f
? "|" : "");
482 fprintf (stderr
, "W_NOSPLIT2%s", f
? "|" : "");
487 fprintf (stderr
, "W_NOSPLIT%s", f
? "|" : "");
492 fprintf (stderr
, "W_NOBRACE%s", f
? "|" : "");
497 fprintf (stderr
, "W_NOGLOB%s", f
? "|" : "");
499 if (f
& W_SPLITSPACE
)
502 fprintf (stderr
, "W_SPLITSPACE%s", f
? "|" : "");
504 if (f
& W_ASSIGNMENT
)
507 fprintf (stderr
, "W_ASSIGNMENT%s", f
? "|" : "");
512 fprintf (stderr
, "W_QUOTED%s", f
? "|" : "");
517 fprintf (stderr
, "W_HASDOLLAR%s", f
? "|" : "");
522 fprintf (stderr
, "W_COMPLETE%s", f
? "|" : "");
527 fprintf (stderr
, "W_CHKLOCAL%s", f
? "|" : "");
529 if (f
& W_FORCELOCAL
)
532 fprintf (stderr
, "W_FORCELOCAL%s", f
? "|" : "");
535 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
540 #ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
542 quoted_substring (string
, start
, end
)
547 register char *result
, *s
, *r
;
551 /* Move to string[start], skipping quoted characters. */
552 for (s
= string
, l
= 0; *s
&& l
< start
; )
564 r
= result
= (char *)xmalloc (2*len
+ 1); /* save room for quotes */
566 /* Copy LEN characters, including quote characters. */
568 for (l
= 0; l
< len
; s
++)
582 #ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
583 /* Return the length of S, skipping over quoted characters */
607 #ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
608 /* Find the first occurrence of character C in string S, obeying shell
609 quoting rules. If (FLAGS & ST_BACKSL) is non-zero, backslash-escaped
610 characters are skipped. If (FLAGS & ST_CTLESC) is non-zero, characters
611 escaped with CTLESC are skipped. */
613 quoted_strchr (s
, c
, flags
)
621 if (((flags
& ST_BACKSL
) && *p
== '\\')
622 || ((flags
& ST_CTLESC
) && *p
== CTLESC
))
626 return ((char *)NULL
);
632 return ((char *)NULL
);
635 /* Return 1 if CHARACTER appears in an unquoted portion of
636 STRING. Return 0 otherwise. CHARACTER must be a single-byte character. */
638 unquoted_member (character
, string
)
646 slen
= strlen (string
);
648 while (c
= string
[sindex
])
656 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, sindex
);
662 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, sindex
);
666 sindex
= skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, ++sindex
, 0);
670 sindex
= skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, ++sindex
, 0);
677 /* Return 1 if SUBSTR appears in an unquoted portion of STRING. */
679 unquoted_substring (substr
, string
)
680 char *substr
, *string
;
683 int sindex
, c
, sublen
;
686 if (substr
== 0 || *substr
== '\0')
689 slen
= strlen (string
);
690 sublen
= strlen (substr
);
691 for (sindex
= 0; c
= string
[sindex
]; )
693 if (STREQN (string
+ sindex
, substr
, sublen
))
701 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, sindex
);
705 sindex
= skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, ++sindex
, 0);
709 sindex
= skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, ++sindex
, 0);
713 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, sindex
);
721 /* Most of the substitutions must be done in parallel. In order
722 to avoid using tons of unclear goto's, I have some functions
723 for manipulating malloc'ed strings. They all take INDX, a
724 pointer to an integer which is the offset into the string
725 where manipulation is taking place. They also take SIZE, a
726 pointer to an integer which is the current length of the
727 character array for this string. */
729 /* Append SOURCE to TARGET at INDEX. SIZE is the current amount
730 of space allocated to TARGET. SOURCE can be NULL, in which
731 case nothing happens. Gets rid of SOURCE by freeing it.
732 Returns TARGET in case the location has changed. */
734 sub_append_string (source
, target
, indx
, size
)
735 char *source
, *target
;
744 srclen
= STRLEN (source
);
745 if (srclen
>= (int)(*size
- *indx
))
748 n
= (n
+ DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE
) - (n
% DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE
);
749 target
= (char *)xrealloc (target
, (*size
= n
));
752 FASTCOPY (source
, target
+ *indx
, srclen
);
754 target
[*indx
] = '\0';
763 /* Append the textual representation of NUMBER to TARGET.
764 INDX and SIZE are as in SUB_APPEND_STRING. */
766 sub_append_number (number
, target
, indx
, size
)
774 temp
= itos (number
);
775 return (sub_append_string (temp
, target
, indx
, size
));
779 /* Extract a substring from STRING, starting at SINDEX and ending with
780 one of the characters in CHARLIST. Don't make the ending character
781 part of the string. Leave SINDEX pointing at the ending character.
782 Understand about backslashes in the string. If (flags & SX_VARNAME)
783 is non-zero, and array variables have been compiled into the shell,
784 everything between a `[' and a corresponding `]' is skipped over.
785 If (flags & SX_NOALLOC) is non-zero, don't return the substring, just
786 update SINDEX. If (flags & SX_REQMATCH) is non-zero, the string must
787 contain a closing character from CHARLIST. */
789 string_extract (string
, sindex
, charlist
, flags
)
801 slen
= (MB_CUR_MAX
> 1) ? strlen (string
+ *sindex
) + *sindex
: 0;
804 while (c
= string
[i
])
813 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
814 else if ((flags
& SX_VARNAME
) && c
== LBRACK
)
817 /* If this is an array subscript, skip over it and continue. */
818 ni
= skipsubscript (string
, i
, 0);
819 if (string
[ni
] == RBRACK
)
823 else if (MEMBER (c
, charlist
))
829 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
832 /* If we had to have a matching delimiter and didn't find one, return an
833 error and let the caller deal with it. */
834 if ((flags
& SX_REQMATCH
) && found
== 0)
837 return (&extract_string_error
);
840 temp
= (flags
& SX_NOALLOC
) ? (char *)NULL
: substring (string
, *sindex
, i
);
846 /* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in double quotes.
847 SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately
848 following the opening double quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after
849 the closing double quote. If STRIPDQ is non-zero, unquoted double
850 quotes are stripped and the string is terminated by a null byte.
851 Backslashes between the embedded double quotes are processed. If STRIPDQ
852 is zero, an unquoted `"' terminates the string. */
854 string_extract_double_quoted (string
, sindex
, flags
)
862 char *temp
, *ret
; /* The new string we return. */
863 int pass_next
, backquote
, si
; /* State variables for the machine. */
868 slen
= strlen (string
+ *sindex
) + *sindex
;
869 send
= string
+ slen
;
871 stripdq
= (flags
& SX_STRIPDQ
);
873 pass_next
= backquote
= dquote
= 0;
874 temp
= (char *)xmalloc (1 + slen
- *sindex
);
878 while (c
= string
[i
])
880 /* Process a character that was quoted by a backslash. */
883 /* XXX - take another look at this in light of Interp 221 */
886 ``The backslash shall retain its special meaning as an escape
887 character only when followed by one of the characters:
890 If STRIPDQ is zero, we handle the double quotes here and let
891 expand_word_internal handle the rest. If STRIPDQ is non-zero,
892 we have already been through one round of backslash stripping,
893 and want to strip these backslashes only if DQUOTE is non-zero,
894 indicating that we are inside an embedded double-quoted string. */
896 /* If we are in an embedded quoted string, then don't strip
897 backslashes before characters for which the backslash
898 retains its special meaning, but remove backslashes in
899 front of other characters. If we are not in an
900 embedded quoted string, don't strip backslashes at all.
901 This mess is necessary because the string was already
902 surrounded by double quotes (and sh has some really weird
904 The returned string will be run through expansion as if
905 it were double-quoted. */
906 if ((stripdq
== 0 && c
!= '"') ||
907 (stripdq
&& ((dquote
&& (sh_syntaxtab
[c
] & CBSDQUOTE
)) || dquote
== 0)))
912 COPY_CHAR_I (temp
, j
, string
, send
, i
);
916 /* A backslash protects the next character. The code just above
917 handles preserving the backslash in front of any character but
926 /* Inside backquotes, ``the portion of the quoted string from the
927 initial backquote and the characters up to the next backquote
928 that is not preceded by a backslash, having escape characters
929 removed, defines that command''. */
934 temp
[j
++] = c
; /* COPY_CHAR_I? */
947 /* Pass everything between `$(' and the matching `)' or a quoted
948 ${ ... } pair through according to the Posix.2 specification. */
949 if (c
== '$' && ((string
[i
+ 1] == LPAREN
) || (string
[i
+ 1] == LBRACE
)))
954 if (string
[i
+ 1] == LPAREN
)
955 ret
= extract_command_subst (string
, &si
, (flags
& SX_COMPLETE
));
957 ret
= extract_dollar_brace_string (string
, &si
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, 0);
960 temp
[j
++] = string
[i
+ 1];
962 /* Just paranoia; ret will not be 0 unless no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
964 if (ret
== 0 && no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
)
967 ret
= string
+ i
+ 2;
970 /* XXX - CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN here? */
971 for (t
= 0; ret
[t
]; t
++, j
++)
973 temp
[j
] = string
[si
];
975 if (si
< i
+ 2) /* we went back? */
990 /* Add any character but a double quote to the quoted string we're
993 goto add_one_character
;
1007 /* Point to after the closing quote. */
1015 /* This should really be another option to string_extract_double_quoted. */
1017 skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, sind
, flags
)
1025 int pass_next
, backquote
, si
;
1028 pass_next
= backquote
= 0;
1030 while (c
= string
[i
])
1035 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1048 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1057 else if (c
== '$' && ((string
[i
+ 1] == LPAREN
) || (string
[i
+ 1] == LBRACE
)))
1060 if (string
[i
+ 1] == LPAREN
)
1061 ret
= extract_command_subst (string
, &si
, SX_NOALLOC
|(flags
&SX_COMPLETE
));
1063 ret
= extract_dollar_brace_string (string
, &si
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, SX_NOALLOC
);
1065 /* These can consume the entire string if they are unterminated */
1066 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1073 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1086 /* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in single quotes.
1087 SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately
1088 following the opening single quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after
1089 the closing single quote. */
1090 static inline char *
1091 string_extract_single_quoted (string
, sindex
)
1100 /* Don't need slen for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
1101 slen
= (MB_CUR_MAX
> 1) ? strlen (string
+ *sindex
) + *sindex
: 0;
1103 while (string
[i
] && string
[i
] != '\'')
1104 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1106 t
= substring (string
, *sindex
, i
);
1115 /* Skip over a single-quoted string. We overload the SX_COMPLETE flag to mean
1116 that we are splitting out words for completion and have encountered a $'...'
1117 string, which allows backslash-escaped single quotes. */
1119 skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, sind
, flags
)
1129 while (string
[c
] && string
[c
] != '\'')
1131 if ((flags
& SX_COMPLETE
) && string
[c
] == '\\' && string
[c
+1] == '\'' && string
[c
+2])
1132 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, c
);
1133 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, c
);
1141 /* Just like string_extract, but doesn't hack backslashes or any of
1142 that other stuff. Obeys CTLESC quoting. Used to do splitting on $IFS. */
1144 string_extract_verbatim (string
, slen
, sindex
, charlist
, flags
)
1152 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
1159 if ((flags
& SX_NOCTLESC
) && charlist
[0] == '\'' && charlist
[1] == '\0')
1161 temp
= string_extract_single_quoted (string
, sindex
);
1162 --*sindex
; /* leave *sindex at separator character */
1166 /* This can never be called with charlist == NULL. If *charlist == NULL,
1167 we can skip the loop and just return a copy of the string, updating
1171 temp
= string
+ *sindex
;
1172 c
= (*sindex
== 0) ? slen
: STRLEN (temp
);
1173 temp
= savestring (temp
);
1179 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
1182 while (c
= string
[i
])
1184 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
1187 if ((flags
& SX_NOCTLESC
) == 0 && c
== CTLESC
)
1190 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, i
, slen
, c
);
1193 /* Even if flags contains SX_NOCTLESC, we let CTLESC quoting CTLNUL
1194 through, to protect the CTLNULs from later calls to
1195 remove_quoted_nulls. */
1196 else if ((flags
& SX_NOESCCTLNUL
) == 0 && c
== CTLESC
&& string
[i
+1] == CTLNUL
)
1199 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, i
, slen
, c
);
1203 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
1204 if (locale_utf8locale
&& slen
> i
&& UTF8_SINGLEBYTE (string
[i
]))
1205 mblength
= (string
[i
] != 0) ? 1 : 0;
1207 mblength
= MBLEN (string
+ i
, slen
- i
);
1211 mblength
= mbtowc (&wc
, string
+ i
, slen
- i
);
1212 if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength
))
1214 if (MEMBER (c
, charlist
))
1222 len
= mbstowcs (wcharlist
, charlist
, 0);
1225 wcharlist
= (wchar_t *)xmalloc (sizeof (wchar_t) * (len
+ 1));
1226 mbstowcs (wcharlist
, charlist
, len
+ 1);
1229 if (wcschr (wcharlist
, wc
))
1235 if (MEMBER (c
, charlist
))
1238 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1241 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
1245 temp
= substring (string
, *sindex
, i
);
1251 /* Extract the $( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
1252 Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$(".
1253 Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". )
1254 XFLAGS is additional flags to pass to other extraction functions. */
1256 extract_command_subst (string
, sindex
, xflags
)
1263 if (string
[*sindex
] == LPAREN
|| (xflags
& SX_COMPLETE
))
1264 return (extract_delimited_string (string
, sindex
, "$(", "(", ")", xflags
|SX_COMMAND
)); /*)*/
1267 xflags
|= (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
? SX_NOLONGJMP
: 0);
1268 ret
= xparse_dolparen (string
, string
+*sindex
, sindex
, xflags
);
1273 /* Extract the $[ construct in STRING, and return a new string. (])
1274 Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$[".
1275 Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching "]". */
1277 extract_arithmetic_subst (string
, sindex
)
1281 return (extract_delimited_string (string
, sindex
, "$[", "[", "]", 0)); /*]*/
1284 #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
1285 /* Extract the <( or >( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
1286 Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "<(".
1287 Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". */ /*))*/
1289 extract_process_subst (string
, starter
, sindex
, xflags
)
1296 /* XXX - check xflags&SX_COMPLETE here? */
1297 return (extract_delimited_string (string
, sindex
, starter
, "(", ")", SX_COMMAND
));
1299 xflags
|= (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
? SX_NOLONGJMP
: 0);
1300 return (xparse_dolparen (string
, string
+*sindex
, sindex
, xflags
));
1303 #endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
1305 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
1306 /* This can be fooled by unquoted right parens in the passed string. If
1307 each caller verifies that the last character in STRING is a right paren,
1308 we don't even need to call extract_delimited_string. */
1310 extract_array_assignment_list (string
, sindex
)
1317 slen
= strlen (string
);
1318 if (string
[slen
- 1] == RPAREN
)
1320 ret
= substring (string
, *sindex
, slen
- 1);
1328 /* Extract and create a new string from the contents of STRING, a
1329 character string delimited with OPENER and CLOSER. SINDEX is
1330 the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING;
1331 it should point to just after the first OPENER found. On exit,
1332 SINDEX gets the position of the last character of the matching CLOSER.
1333 If OPENER is more than a single character, ALT_OPENER, if non-null,
1334 contains a character string that can also match CLOSER and thus
1335 needs to be skipped. */
1337 extract_delimited_string (string
, sindex
, opener
, alt_opener
, closer
, flags
)
1340 char *opener
, *alt_opener
, *closer
;
1346 int pass_character
, nesting_level
, in_comment
;
1347 int len_closer
, len_opener
, len_alt_opener
;
1350 slen
= strlen (string
+ *sindex
) + *sindex
;
1351 len_opener
= STRLEN (opener
);
1352 len_alt_opener
= STRLEN (alt_opener
);
1353 len_closer
= STRLEN (closer
);
1355 pass_character
= in_comment
= 0;
1360 while (nesting_level
)
1364 /* If a recursive call or a call to ADVANCE_CHAR leaves the index beyond
1365 the end of the string, catch it and cut the loop. */
1369 c
= string
[i
= slen
];
1380 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1384 if (pass_character
) /* previous char was backslash */
1387 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1391 /* Not exactly right yet; should handle shell metacharacters and
1392 multibyte characters, too. See COMMENT_BEGIN define in parse.y */
1393 if ((flags
& SX_COMMAND
) && c
== '#' && (i
== 0 || string
[i
- 1] == '\n' || shellblank (string
[i
- 1])))
1396 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1400 if (c
== CTLESC
|| c
== '\\')
1407 /* Process a nested command substitution, but only if we're parsing an
1408 arithmetic substitution. */
1409 if ((flags
& SX_COMMAND
) && string
[i
] == '$' && string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
)
1412 t
= extract_command_subst (string
, &si
, flags
|SX_NOALLOC
);
1413 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1418 /* Process a nested OPENER. */
1419 if (STREQN (string
+ i
, opener
, len_opener
))
1421 si
= i
+ len_opener
;
1422 t
= extract_delimited_string (string
, &si
, opener
, alt_opener
, closer
, flags
|SX_NOALLOC
);
1423 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1428 /* Process a nested ALT_OPENER */
1429 if (len_alt_opener
&& STREQN (string
+ i
, alt_opener
, len_alt_opener
))
1431 si
= i
+ len_alt_opener
;
1432 t
= extract_delimited_string (string
, &si
, alt_opener
, alt_opener
, closer
, flags
|SX_NOALLOC
);
1433 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1438 /* If the current substring terminates the delimited string, decrement
1439 the nesting level. */
1440 if (STREQN (string
+ i
, closer
, len_closer
))
1442 i
+= len_closer
- 1; /* move to last byte of the closer */
1444 if (nesting_level
== 0)
1448 /* Pass old-style command substitution through verbatim. */
1452 t
= string_extract (string
, &si
, "`", flags
|SX_NOALLOC
);
1453 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1458 /* Pass single-quoted and double-quoted strings through verbatim. */
1459 if (c
== '\'' || c
== '"')
1462 i
= (c
== '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, si
, 0)
1463 : skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, si
, 0);
1467 /* move past this character, which was not special. */
1468 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1471 if (c
== 0 && nesting_level
)
1473 if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
== 0)
1475 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
1476 report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), closer
, string
);
1477 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
1482 return (char *)NULL
;
1486 si
= i
- *sindex
- len_closer
+ 1;
1487 if (flags
& SX_NOALLOC
)
1488 result
= (char *)NULL
;
1491 result
= (char *)xmalloc (1 + si
);
1492 strncpy (result
, string
+ *sindex
, si
);
1500 /* Extract a parameter expansion expression within ${ and } from STRING.
1501 Obey the Posix.2 rules for finding the ending `}': count braces while
1502 skipping over enclosed quoted strings and command substitutions.
1503 SINDEX is the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING;
1504 it should point to just after the first `{' found. On exit, SINDEX
1505 gets the position of the matching `}'. QUOTED is non-zero if this
1506 occurs inside double quotes. */
1507 /* XXX -- this is very similar to extract_delimited_string -- XXX */
1509 extract_dollar_brace_string (string
, sindex
, quoted
, flags
)
1511 int *sindex
, quoted
, flags
;
1515 int pass_character
, nesting_level
, si
, dolbrace_state
;
1521 slen
= strlen (string
+ *sindex
) + *sindex
;
1523 /* The handling of dolbrace_state needs to agree with the code in parse.y:
1524 parse_matched_pair(). The different initial value is to handle the
1525 case where this function is called to parse the word in
1526 ${param op word} (SX_WORD). */
1527 dolbrace_state
= (flags
& SX_WORD
) ? DOLBRACE_WORD
: DOLBRACE_PARAM
;
1528 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && (flags
& SX_POSIXEXP
))
1529 dolbrace_state
= DOLBRACE_QUOTE
;
1532 while (c
= string
[i
])
1537 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1541 /* CTLESCs and backslashes quote the next character. */
1542 if (c
== CTLESC
|| c
== '\\')
1549 if (string
[i
] == '$' && string
[i
+1] == LBRACE
)
1559 if (nesting_level
== 0)
1565 /* Pass the contents of old-style command substitutions through
1570 t
= string_extract (string
, &si
, "`", flags
|SX_NOALLOC
);
1572 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1578 /* Pass the contents of new-style command substitutions and
1579 arithmetic substitutions through verbatim. */
1580 if (string
[i
] == '$' && string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
)
1583 t
= extract_command_subst (string
, &si
, flags
|SX_NOALLOC
);
1585 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1591 #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
1592 /* Technically this should only work at the start of a word */
1593 if ((string
[i
] == '<' || string
[i
] == '>') && string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
)
1596 t
= extract_process_subst (string
, (string
[i
] == '<' ? "<(" : ">)"), &si
, flags
|SX_NOALLOC
);
1598 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1605 /* Pass the contents of double-quoted strings through verbatim. */
1609 i
= skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, si
, 0);
1610 /* skip_XXX_quoted leaves index one past close quote */
1616 /*itrace("extract_dollar_brace_string: c == single quote flags = %d quoted = %d dolbrace_state = %d", flags, quoted, dolbrace_state);*/
1617 if (posixly_correct
&& shell_compatibility_level
> 42 && dolbrace_state
!= DOLBRACE_QUOTE
&& (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
1618 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1622 i
= skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, si
, 0);
1628 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
1629 if (c
== LBRACK
&& dolbrace_state
== DOLBRACE_PARAM
)
1631 si
= skipsubscript (string
, i
, 0);
1632 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1633 if (string
[si
] == RBRACK
)
1638 /* move past this character, which was not special. */
1639 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1641 /* This logic must agree with parse.y:parse_matched_pair, since they
1642 share the same defines. */
1643 if (dolbrace_state
== DOLBRACE_PARAM
&& c
== '%' && (i
- *sindex
) > 1)
1644 dolbrace_state
= DOLBRACE_QUOTE
;
1645 else if (dolbrace_state
== DOLBRACE_PARAM
&& c
== '#' && (i
- *sindex
) > 1)
1646 dolbrace_state
= DOLBRACE_QUOTE
;
1647 else if (dolbrace_state
== DOLBRACE_PARAM
&& c
== '/' && (i
- *sindex
) > 1)
1648 dolbrace_state
= DOLBRACE_QUOTE2
; /* XXX */
1649 else if (dolbrace_state
== DOLBRACE_PARAM
&& c
== '^' && (i
- *sindex
) > 1)
1650 dolbrace_state
= DOLBRACE_QUOTE
;
1651 else if (dolbrace_state
== DOLBRACE_PARAM
&& c
== ',' && (i
- *sindex
) > 1)
1652 dolbrace_state
= DOLBRACE_QUOTE
;
1653 /* This is intended to handle all of the [:]op expansions and the substring/
1654 length/pattern removal/pattern substitution expansions. */
1655 else if (dolbrace_state
== DOLBRACE_PARAM
&& strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c
) != 0)
1656 dolbrace_state
= DOLBRACE_OP
;
1657 else if (dolbrace_state
== DOLBRACE_OP
&& strchr ("#%^,~:-=?+/", c
) == 0)
1658 dolbrace_state
= DOLBRACE_WORD
;
1661 if (c
== 0 && nesting_level
)
1663 if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
== 0)
1665 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
1666 report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), "}", string
);
1667 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
1672 return ((char *)NULL
);
1676 result
= (flags
& SX_NOALLOC
) ? (char *)NULL
: substring (string
, *sindex
, i
);
1682 /* Remove backslashes which are quoting backquotes from STRING. Modifies
1683 STRING, and returns a pointer to it. */
1685 de_backslash (string
)
1688 register size_t slen
;
1689 register int i
, j
, prev_i
;
1692 slen
= strlen (string
);
1695 /* Loop copying string[i] to string[j], i >= j. */
1698 if (string
[i
] == '\\' && (string
[i
+ 1] == '`' || string
[i
+ 1] == '\\' ||
1699 string
[i
+ 1] == '$'))
1702 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1704 do string
[j
++] = string
[prev_i
++]; while (prev_i
< i
);
1715 /* Replace instances of \! in a string with !. */
1717 unquote_bang (string
)
1721 register char *temp
;
1723 temp
= (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (string
));
1725 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; (temp
[j
] = string
[i
]); i
++, j
++)
1727 if (string
[i
] == '\\' && string
[i
+ 1] == '!')
1733 strcpy (string
, temp
);
1738 #define CQ_RETURN(x) do { no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = oldjmp; return (x); } while (0)
1740 /* This function assumes s[i] == open; returns with s[ret] == close; used to
1741 parse array subscripts. FLAGS & 1 means to not attempt to skip over
1742 matched pairs of quotes or backquotes, or skip word expansions; it is
1743 intended to be used after expansion has been performed and during final
1744 assignment parsing (see arrayfunc.c:assign_compound_array_list()) or
1745 during execution by a builtin which has already undergone word expansion. */
1747 skip_matched_pair (string
, start
, open
, close
, flags
)
1749 int start
, open
, close
, flags
;
1751 int i
, pass_next
, backq
, si
, c
, count
, oldjmp
;
1756 slen
= strlen (string
+ start
) + start
;
1757 oldjmp
= no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
;
1758 no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
= 1;
1760 i
= start
+ 1; /* skip over leading bracket */
1762 pass_next
= backq
= 0;
1763 ss
= (char *)string
;
1764 while (c
= string
[i
])
1771 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1774 else if ((flags
& 1) == 0 && c
== '\\')
1784 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1787 else if ((flags
& 1) == 0 && c
== '`')
1793 else if ((flags
& 1) == 0 && c
== open
)
1799 else if (c
== close
)
1807 else if ((flags
& 1) == 0 && (c
== '\'' || c
== '"'))
1809 i
= (c
== '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (ss
, slen
, ++i
, 0)
1810 : skip_double_quoted (ss
, slen
, ++i
, 0);
1811 /* no increment, the skip functions increment past the closing quote. */
1813 else if ((flags
&1) == 0 && c
== '$' && (string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
|| string
[i
+1] == LBRACE
))
1816 if (string
[si
] == '\0')
1819 /* XXX - extract_command_subst here? */
1820 if (string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
)
1821 temp
= extract_delimited_string (ss
, &si
, "$(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC
|SX_COMMAND
); /* ) */
1823 temp
= extract_dollar_brace_string (ss
, &si
, 0, SX_NOALLOC
);
1825 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1828 if (string
[i
] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
1834 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1840 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
1841 /* Flags has 1 as a reserved value, since skip_matched_pair uses it for
1842 skipping over quoted strings and taking the first instance of the
1843 closing character. */
1845 skipsubscript (string
, start
, flags
)
1849 return (skip_matched_pair (string
, start
, '[', ']', flags
));
1853 /* Skip characters in STRING until we find a character in DELIMS, and return
1854 the index of that character. START is the index into string at which we
1855 begin. This is similar in spirit to strpbrk, but it returns an index into
1856 STRING and takes a starting index. This little piece of code knows quite
1857 a lot of shell syntax. It's very similar to skip_double_quoted and other
1858 functions of that ilk. */
1860 skip_to_delim (string
, start
, delims
, flags
)
1866 int i
, pass_next
, backq
, dquote
, si
, c
, oldjmp
;
1867 int invert
, skipquote
, skipcmd
, noprocsub
, completeflag
;
1868 int arithexp
, skipcol
;
1870 char *temp
, open
[3];
1873 slen
= strlen (string
+ start
) + start
;
1874 oldjmp
= no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
;
1875 if (flags
& SD_NOJMP
)
1876 no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
= 1;
1877 invert
= (flags
& SD_INVERT
);
1878 skipcmd
= (flags
& SD_NOSKIPCMD
) == 0;
1879 noprocsub
= (flags
& SD_NOPROCSUB
);
1880 completeflag
= (flags
& SD_COMPLETE
) ? SX_COMPLETE
: 0;
1882 arithexp
= (flags
& SD_ARITHEXP
);
1886 pass_next
= backq
= dquote
= 0;
1887 while (c
= string
[i
])
1889 /* If this is non-zero, we should not let quote characters be delimiters
1890 and the current character is a single or double quote. We should not
1891 test whether or not it's a delimiter until after we skip single- or
1892 double-quoted strings. */
1893 skipquote
= ((flags
& SD_NOQUOTEDELIM
) && (c
== '\'' || c
=='"'));
1899 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1912 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
1921 else if (arithexp
&& skipcol
&& c
== ':')
1927 else if (arithexp
&& c
== '?')
1933 else if (skipquote
== 0 && invert
== 0 && member (c
, delims
))
1935 /* the usual case is to use skip_xxx_quoted, but we don't skip over double
1936 quoted strings when looking for the history expansion character as a
1938 /* special case for programmable completion which takes place before
1939 parser converts backslash-escaped single quotes between $'...' to
1940 `regular' single-quoted strings. */
1941 else if (completeflag
&& i
> 0 && string
[i
-1] == '$' && c
== '\'')
1942 i
= skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, ++i
, SX_COMPLETE
);
1944 i
= skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, ++i
, 0);
1946 i
= skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, ++i
, completeflag
);
1947 else if (c
== LPAREN
&& arithexp
)
1950 if (string
[si
] == '\0')
1953 temp
= extract_delimited_string (string
, &si
, "(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC
); /* ) */
1955 if (string
[i
] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
1960 else if (c
== '$' && ((skipcmd
&& string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
) || string
[i
+1] == LBRACE
))
1963 if (string
[si
] == '\0')
1966 if (string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
)
1967 temp
= extract_delimited_string (string
, &si
, "$(", "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC
|SX_COMMAND
); /* ) */
1969 temp
= extract_dollar_brace_string (string
, &si
, 0, SX_NOALLOC
);
1970 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1972 if (string
[i
] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
1977 #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
1978 else if (skipcmd
&& noprocsub
== 0 && (c
== '<' || c
== '>') && string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
)
1981 if (string
[si
] == '\0')
1984 temp
= extract_delimited_string (string
, &si
, (c
== '<') ? "<(" : ">(", "(", ")", SX_COMMAND
|SX_NOALLOC
); /* )) */
1985 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
1987 if (string
[i
] == '\0')
1992 #endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
1993 #if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
1994 else if ((flags
& SD_EXTGLOB
) && extended_glob
&& string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
&& member (c
, "?*+!@"))
1997 if (string
[si
] == '\0')
2003 temp
= extract_delimited_string (string
, &si
, open
, "(", ")", SX_NOALLOC
); /* ) */
2005 CHECK_STRING_OVERRUN (i
, si
, slen
, c
);
2007 if (string
[i
] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
2013 else if ((flags
& SD_GLOB
) && c
== LBRACK
)
2016 if (string
[si
] == '\0')
2019 temp
= extract_delimited_string (string
, &si
, "[", "[", "]", SX_NOALLOC
); /* ] */
2022 if (string
[i
] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
2027 else if ((skipquote
|| invert
) && (member (c
, delims
) == 0))
2030 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
2036 #if defined (BANG_HISTORY)
2037 /* Skip to the history expansion character (delims[0]), paying attention to
2038 quoted strings and command and process substitution. This is a stripped-
2039 down version of skip_to_delims. The essential difference is that this
2040 resets the quoting state when starting a command substitution */
2042 skip_to_histexp (string
, start
, delims
, flags
)
2048 int i
, pass_next
, backq
, dquote
, c
, oldjmp
;
2049 int histexp_comsub
, histexp_backq
, old_dquote
;
2053 slen
= strlen (string
+ start
) + start
;
2054 oldjmp
= no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
;
2055 if (flags
& SD_NOJMP
)
2056 no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
= 1;
2058 histexp_comsub
= histexp_backq
= old_dquote
= 0;
2061 pass_next
= backq
= dquote
= 0;
2062 while (c
= string
[i
])
2069 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
2078 else if (backq
&& c
== '`')
2082 dquote
= old_dquote
;
2090 old_dquote
= dquote
; /* simple - one level for now */
2095 /* When in double quotes, act as if the double quote is a member of
2096 history_no_expand_chars, like the history library does */
2097 else if (dquote
&& c
== delims
[0] && string
[i
+1] == '"')
2102 else if (c
== delims
[0])
2104 /* the usual case is to use skip_xxx_quoted, but we don't skip over double
2105 quoted strings when looking for the history expansion character as a
2107 else if (dquote
&& c
== '\'')
2113 i
= skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, ++i
, 0);
2114 /* The posixly_correct test makes posix-mode shells allow double quotes
2115 to quote the history expansion character */
2116 else if (posixly_correct
== 0 && c
== '"')
2118 dquote
= 1 - dquote
;
2123 i
= skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, ++i
, 0);
2124 #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
2125 else if ((c
== '$' || c
== '<' || c
== '>') && string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
&& string
[i
+2] != LPAREN
)
2127 else if (c
== '$' && string
[i
+1] == LPAREN
&& string
[i
+2] != LPAREN
)
2130 if (string
[i
+2] == '\0')
2134 old_dquote
= dquote
;
2137 else if (histexp_comsub
&& c
== RPAREN
)
2140 dquote
= old_dquote
;
2144 else if (backq
) /* placeholder */
2146 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
2150 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
2155 #endif /* BANG_HISTORY */
2157 #if defined (READLINE)
2158 /* Return 1 if the portion of STRING ending at EINDEX is quoted (there is
2159 an unclosed quoted string), or if the character at EINDEX is quoted
2160 by a backslash. NO_LONGJMP_ON_FATAL_ERROR is used to flag that the various
2161 single and double-quoted string parsing functions should not return an
2162 error if there are unclosed quotes or braces. The characters that this
2163 recognizes need to be the same as the contents of
2164 rl_completer_quote_characters. */
2167 char_is_quoted (string
, eindex
)
2171 int i
, pass_next
, c
, oldjmp
;
2175 slen
= strlen (string
);
2176 oldjmp
= no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
;
2177 no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
= 1;
2186 if (i
>= eindex
) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
2188 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
2197 else if (c
== '$' && string
[i
+1] == '\'' && string
[i
+2])
2200 i
= skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, i
, SX_COMPLETE
);
2204 else if (c
== '\'' || c
== '"')
2206 i
= (c
== '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, ++i
, 0)
2207 : skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, ++i
, SX_COMPLETE
);
2210 /* no increment, the skip_xxx functions go one past end */
2213 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
2220 unclosed_pair (string
, eindex
, openstr
)
2225 int i
, pass_next
, openc
, olen
;
2229 slen
= strlen (string
);
2230 olen
= strlen (openstr
);
2231 i
= pass_next
= openc
= 0;
2237 if (i
>= eindex
) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
2239 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
2242 else if (string
[i
] == '\\')
2248 else if (STREQN (string
+ i
, openstr
, olen
))
2253 /* XXX - may want to handle $'...' specially here */
2254 else if (string
[i
] == '\'' || string
[i
] == '"')
2256 i
= (string
[i
] == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string
, slen
, i
, 0)
2257 : skip_double_quoted (string
, slen
, i
, SX_COMPLETE
);
2262 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
2267 /* Split STRING (length SLEN) at DELIMS, and return a WORD_LIST with the
2268 individual words. If DELIMS is NULL, the current value of $IFS is used
2269 to split the string, and the function follows the shell field splitting
2270 rules. SENTINEL is an index to look for. NWP, if non-NULL,
2271 gets the number of words in the returned list. CWP, if non-NULL, gets
2272 the index of the word containing SENTINEL. Non-whitespace chars in
2273 DELIMS delimit separate fields. This is used by programmable completion. */
2275 split_at_delims (string
, slen
, delims
, sentinel
, flags
, nwp
, cwp
)
2279 int sentinel
, flags
;
2282 int ts
, te
, i
, nw
, cw
, ifs_split
, dflags
;
2283 char *token
, *d
, *d2
;
2284 WORD_LIST
*ret
, *tl
;
2286 if (string
== 0 || *string
== '\0')
2292 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
2295 d
= (delims
== 0) ? ifs_value
: delims
;
2296 ifs_split
= delims
== 0;
2298 /* Make d2 the non-whitespace characters in delims */
2303 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
2304 size_t mblength
= 1;
2308 slength
= strlen (delims
);
2309 d2
= (char *)xmalloc (slength
+ 1);
2313 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
2314 mbstate_t state_bak
;
2316 mblength
= MBRLEN (delims
+ i
, slength
, &state
);
2317 if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength
))
2319 else if (mblength
> 1)
2321 memcpy (d2
+ ts
, delims
+ i
, mblength
);
2324 slength
-= mblength
;
2328 if (whitespace (delims
[i
]) == 0)
2329 d2
[ts
++] = delims
[i
];
2337 ret
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
2339 /* Remove sequences of whitespace characters at the start of the string, as
2340 long as those characters are delimiters. */
2341 for (i
= 0; member (string
[i
], d
) && spctabnl (string
[i
]); i
++)
2343 if (string
[i
] == '\0')
2352 dflags
= flags
|SD_NOJMP
;
2355 te
= skip_to_delim (string
, ts
, d
, dflags
);
2357 /* If we have a non-whitespace delimiter character, use it to make a
2358 separate field. This is just about what $IFS splitting does and
2359 is closer to the behavior of the shell parser. */
2360 if (ts
== te
&& d2
&& member (string
[ts
], d2
))
2363 /* If we're using IFS splitting, the non-whitespace delimiter char
2364 and any additional IFS whitespace delimits a field. */
2366 while (member (string
[te
], d
) && spctabnl (string
[te
]) && ((flags
&SD_NOQUOTEDELIM
) == 0 || (string
[te
] != '\'' && string
[te
] != '"')))
2369 while (member (string
[te
], d2
) && ((flags
&SD_NOQUOTEDELIM
) == 0 || (string
[te
] != '\'' && string
[te
] != '"')))
2373 token
= substring (string
, ts
, te
);
2375 ret
= add_string_to_list (token
, ret
); /* XXX */
2379 if (sentinel
>= ts
&& sentinel
<= te
)
2382 /* If the cursor is at whitespace just before word start, set the
2383 sentinel word to the current word. */
2384 if (cwp
&& cw
== -1 && sentinel
== ts
-1)
2387 /* If the cursor is at whitespace between two words, make a new, empty
2388 word, add it before (well, after, since the list is in reverse order)
2389 the word we just added, and set the current word to that one. */
2390 if (cwp
&& cw
== -1 && sentinel
< ts
)
2392 tl
= make_word_list (make_word (""), ret
->next
);
2398 if (string
[te
] == 0)
2402 /* XXX - honor SD_NOQUOTEDELIM here */
2403 while (member (string
[i
], d
) && (ifs_split
|| spctabnl(string
[i
])) && ((flags
&SD_NOQUOTEDELIM
) == 0 || (string
[te
] != '\'' && string
[te
] != '"')))
2412 /* Special case for SENTINEL at the end of STRING. If we haven't found
2413 the word containing SENTINEL yet, and the index we're looking for is at
2414 the end of STRING (or past the end of the previously-found token,
2415 possible if the end of the line is composed solely of IFS whitespace)
2416 add an additional null argument and set the current word pointer to that. */
2417 if (cwp
&& cw
== -1 && (sentinel
>= slen
|| sentinel
>= te
))
2419 if (whitespace (string
[sentinel
- 1]))
2422 ret
= add_string_to_list (token
, ret
);
2435 return (REVERSE_LIST (ret
, WORD_LIST
*));
2437 #endif /* READLINE */
2441 /* Extract the name of the variable to bind to from the assignment string. */
2443 assignment_name (string
)
2449 offset
= assignment (string
, 0);
2451 return (char *)NULL
;
2452 temp
= substring (string
, 0, offset
);
2457 /* **************************************************************** */
2459 /* Functions to convert strings to WORD_LISTs and vice versa */
2461 /* **************************************************************** */
2463 /* Return a single string of all the words in LIST. SEP is the separator
2464 to put between individual elements of LIST in the output string. */
2466 string_list_internal (list
, sep
)
2470 register WORD_LIST
*t
;
2472 size_t word_len
, sep_len
, result_size
;
2475 return ((char *)NULL
);
2477 /* Short-circuit quickly if we don't need to separate anything. */
2478 if (list
->next
== 0)
2479 return (savestring (list
->word
->word
));
2481 /* This is nearly always called with either sep[0] == 0 or sep[1] == 0. */
2482 sep_len
= STRLEN (sep
);
2485 for (t
= list
; t
; t
= t
->next
)
2488 result_size
+= sep_len
;
2489 result_size
+= strlen (t
->word
->word
);
2492 r
= result
= (char *)xmalloc (result_size
+ 1);
2494 for (t
= list
; t
; t
= t
->next
)
2496 if (t
!= list
&& sep_len
)
2500 FASTCOPY (sep
, r
, sep_len
);
2507 word_len
= strlen (t
->word
->word
);
2508 FASTCOPY (t
->word
->word
, r
, word_len
);
2516 /* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, separating
2517 each word with a space. */
2522 return (string_list_internal (list
, " "));
2525 /* An external interface that can be used by the rest of the shell to
2526 obtain a string containing the first character in $IFS. Handles all
2527 the multibyte complications. If LENP is non-null, it is set to the
2528 length of the returned string. */
2530 ifs_firstchar (lenp
)
2536 ret
= xmalloc (MB_LEN_MAX
+ 1);
2537 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
2538 if (ifs_firstc_len
== 1)
2540 ret
[0] = ifs_firstc
[0];
2542 len
= ret
[0] ? 1 : 0;
2546 memcpy (ret
, ifs_firstc
, ifs_firstc_len
);
2547 ret
[len
= ifs_firstc_len
] = '\0';
2550 ret
[0] = ifs_firstc
;
2552 len
= ret
[0] ? 0 : 1;
2561 /* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, obeying the
2562 quoting rules for "$*", to wit: (P1003.2, draft 11, 3.5.2) "If the
2563 expansion [of $*] appears within a double quoted string, it expands
2564 to a single field with the value of each parameter separated by the
2565 first character of the IFS variable, or by a <space> if IFS is unset." */
2566 /* Posix interpretation 888 changes this when IFS is null by specifying
2567 that when unquoted, this expands to separate arguments */
2569 string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, flags
)
2574 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
2575 # if defined (__GNUC__)
2576 char sep
[MB_CUR_MAX
+ 1];
2584 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
2585 # if !defined (__GNUC__)
2586 sep
= (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX
+ 1);
2587 # endif /* !__GNUC__ */
2588 if (ifs_firstc_len
== 1)
2590 sep
[0] = ifs_firstc
[0];
2595 memcpy (sep
, ifs_firstc
, ifs_firstc_len
);
2596 sep
[ifs_firstc_len
] = '\0';
2599 sep
[0] = ifs_firstc
;
2603 ret
= string_list_internal (list
, sep
);
2604 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__)
2610 /* Turn $@ into a string. If (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
2611 is non-zero, the $@ appears within double quotes, and we should quote
2612 the list before converting it into a string. If IFS is unset, and the
2613 word is not quoted, we just need to quote CTLESC and CTLNUL characters
2614 in the words in the list, because the default value of $IFS is
2615 <space><tab><newline>, IFS characters in the words in the list should
2616 also be split. If IFS is null, and the word is not quoted, we need
2617 to quote the words in the list to preserve the positional parameters
2619 Valid values for the FLAGS argument are the PF_ flags in command.h,
2620 the only one we care about is PF_ASSIGNRHS. $@ is supposed to expand
2621 to the positional parameters separated by spaces no matter what IFS is
2622 set to if in a context where word splitting is not performed. The only
2623 one that we didn't handle before is assignment statement arguments to
2624 declaration builtins like `declare'. */
2626 string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, flags
)
2632 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
2633 # if defined (__GNUC__)
2634 char sep
[MB_CUR_MAX
+ 1];
2637 # endif /* !__GNUC__ */
2643 /* XXX this could just be ifs = ifs_value; */
2644 ifs
= ifs_var
? value_cell (ifs_var
) : (char *)0;
2646 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
2647 # if !defined (__GNUC__)
2648 sep
= (char *)xmalloc (MB_CUR_MAX
+ 1);
2649 # endif /* !__GNUC__ */
2650 /* XXX - testing PF_ASSIGNRHS to make sure positional parameters are
2651 separated with a space even when word splitting will not occur. */
2652 if (flags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
)
2657 else if (ifs
&& *ifs
)
2659 if (ifs_firstc_len
== 1)
2661 sep
[0] = ifs_firstc
[0];
2666 memcpy (sep
, ifs_firstc
, ifs_firstc_len
);
2667 sep
[ifs_firstc_len
] = '\0';
2675 #else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
2676 /* XXX - PF_ASSIGNRHS means no word splitting, so we want positional
2677 parameters separated by a space. */
2678 sep
[0] = ((flags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
) || ifs
== 0 || *ifs
== 0) ? ' ' : *ifs
;
2680 #endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
2682 /* XXX -- why call quote_list if ifs == 0? we can get away without doing
2683 it now that quote_escapes quotes spaces */
2684 tlist
= (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_PATQUOTE
))
2686 : list_quote_escapes (list
);
2688 ret
= string_list_internal (tlist
, sep
);
2689 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE) && !defined (__GNUC__)
2695 /* Turn the positional parameters into a string, understanding quoting and
2696 the various subtleties of using the first character of $IFS as the
2697 separator. Calls string_list_dollar_at, string_list_dollar_star, and
2698 string_list as appropriate. */
2699 /* This needs to fully understand the additional contexts where word
2700 splitting does not occur (W_ASSIGNRHS, etc.) */
2702 string_list_pos_params (pchar
, list
, quoted
, pflags
)
2710 if (pchar
== '*' && (quoted
& Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
2712 tlist
= quote_list (list
);
2713 word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (tlist
);
2714 ret
= string_list_dollar_star (tlist
, 0, 0);
2716 else if (pchar
== '*' && (quoted
& Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
))
2718 tlist
= quote_list (list
);
2719 word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (tlist
);
2720 ret
= string_list (tlist
);
2722 else if (pchar
== '*' && quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
) /* XXX */
2723 ret
= expand_no_split_dollar_star
? string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, 0) : string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, 0); /* Posix interp 888 */
2724 else if (pchar
== '*' && quoted
== 0 && (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
)) /* XXX */
2725 ret
= expand_no_split_dollar_star
? string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, 0) : string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, 0); /* Posix interp 888 */
2726 else if (pchar
== '*')
2728 /* Even when unquoted, string_list_dollar_star does the right thing
2729 making sure that the first character of $IFS is used as the
2731 ret
= string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, 0);
2733 else if (pchar
== '@' && (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
2734 /* We use string_list_dollar_at, but only if the string is quoted, since
2735 that quotes the escapes if it's not, which we don't want. We could
2736 use string_list (the old code did), but that doesn't do the right
2737 thing if the first character of $IFS is not a space. We use
2738 string_list_dollar_star if the string is unquoted so we make sure that
2739 the elements of $@ are separated by the first character of $IFS for
2741 ret
= string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, 0);
2742 else if (pchar
== '@' && quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
) /* XXX */
2743 ret
= string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, 0); /* Posix interp 888 */
2744 else if (pchar
== '@' && quoted
== 0 && (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
))
2745 ret
= string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, pflags
); /* Posix interp 888 */
2746 else if (pchar
== '@')
2747 ret
= string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, 0);
2749 ret
= string_list ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) ? quote_list (list
) : list
);
2754 /* Return the list of words present in STRING. Separate the string into
2755 words at any of the characters found in SEPARATORS. If QUOTED is
2756 non-zero then word in the list will have its quoted flag set, otherwise
2757 the quoted flag is left as make_word () deemed fit.
2759 This obeys the P1003.2 word splitting semantics. If `separators' is
2760 exactly <space><tab><newline>, then the splitting algorithm is that of
2761 the Bourne shell, which treats any sequence of characters from `separators'
2762 as a delimiter. If IFS is unset, which results in `separators' being set
2763 to "", no splitting occurs. If separators has some other value, the
2764 following rules are applied (`IFS white space' means zero or more
2765 occurrences of <space>, <tab>, or <newline>, as long as those characters
2766 are in `separators'):
2768 1) IFS white space is ignored at the start and the end of the
2770 2) Each occurrence of a character in `separators' that is not
2771 IFS white space, along with any adjacent occurrences of
2772 IFS white space delimits a field.
2773 3) Any nonzero-length sequence of IFS white space delimits a field.
2776 /* BEWARE! list_string strips null arguments. Don't call it twice and
2777 expect to have "" preserved! */
2779 /* This performs word splitting and quoted null character removal on
2782 (((separators)[0]) ? ((separators)[1] ? isifs(c) \
2783 : (c) == (separators)[0]) \
2786 /* member of the space character class in the current locale */
2787 #define ifs_whitespace(c) ISSPACE(c)
2789 /* "adjacent IFS white space" */
2790 #define ifs_whitesep(c) ((sh_style_split || separators == 0) ? spctabnl (c) \
2791 : ifs_whitespace (c))
2794 list_string (string
, separators
, quoted
)
2795 register char *string
, *separators
;
2800 char *current_word
, *s
;
2801 int sindex
, sh_style_split
, whitesep
, xflags
, free_word
;
2804 if (!string
|| !*string
)
2805 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
2807 sh_style_split
= separators
&& separators
[0] == ' ' &&
2808 separators
[1] == '\t' &&
2809 separators
[2] == '\n' &&
2810 separators
[3] == '\0';
2811 for (xflags
= 0, s
= ifs_value
; s
&& *s
; s
++)
2813 if (*s
== CTLESC
) xflags
|= SX_NOCTLESC
;
2814 else if (*s
== CTLNUL
) xflags
|= SX_NOESCCTLNUL
;
2818 /* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
2819 long as those characters appear in IFS. Do not do this if
2820 STRING is quoted or if there are no separator characters. We use the
2821 Posix definition of whitespace as a member of the space character
2822 class in the current locale. */
2824 if (!quoted
|| !separators
|| !*separators
)
2826 /* issep() requires that separators be non-null, and always returns 0 if
2827 separator is the empty string, so don't bother if we get an empty string
2828 for separators. We already returned NULL above if STRING is empty. */
2829 if (!quoted
&& separators
&& *separators
)
2832 for (s
= string
; *s
&& issep (*s
) && ifs_whitespace (*s
); s
++);
2835 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
2840 /* OK, now STRING points to a word that does not begin with white space.
2841 The splitting algorithm is:
2842 extract a word, stopping at a separator
2843 skip sequences of whitespace characters as long as they are separators
2844 This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */
2845 slen
= STRLEN (string
);
2846 for (result
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
, sindex
= 0; string
[sindex
]; )
2848 /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars are
2849 possible, but need it in string_extract_verbatim for bounds checking */
2850 current_word
= string_extract_verbatim (string
, slen
, &sindex
, separators
, xflags
);
2851 if (current_word
== 0)
2854 free_word
= 1; /* If non-zero, we free current_word */
2856 /* If we have a quoted empty string, add a quoted null argument. We
2857 want to preserve the quoted null character iff this is a quoted
2858 empty string; otherwise the quoted null characters are removed
2860 if (QUOTED_NULL (current_word
))
2862 t
= alloc_word_desc ();
2863 t
->word
= make_quoted_char ('\0');
2864 t
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
|W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
2865 result
= make_word_list (t
, result
);
2867 else if (current_word
[0] != '\0')
2869 /* If we have something, then add it regardless. However,
2870 perform quoted null character removal on the current word. */
2871 remove_quoted_nulls (current_word
);
2873 /* We don't want to set the word flags based on the string contents
2874 here -- that's mostly for the parser -- so we just allocate a
2875 WORD_DESC *, assign current_word (noting that we don't want to
2876 free it), and skip all of make_word. */
2877 t
= alloc_word_desc ();
2878 t
->word
= current_word
;
2879 result
= make_word_list (t
, result
);
2881 result
->word
->flags
&= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL
; /* just to be sure */
2882 if (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
))
2883 result
->word
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
;
2884 /* If removing quoted null characters leaves an empty word, note
2885 that we saw this for the caller to act on. */
2886 if (current_word
== 0 || current_word
[0] == '\0')
2887 result
->word
->flags
|= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
;
2890 /* If we're not doing sequences of separators in the traditional
2891 Bourne shell style, then add a quoted null argument. */
2892 else if (!sh_style_split
&& !ifs_whitespace (string
[sindex
]))
2894 t
= alloc_word_desc ();
2895 t
->word
= make_quoted_char ('\0');
2896 t
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
|W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
2897 result
= make_word_list (t
, result
);
2901 free (current_word
);
2903 /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */
2904 whitesep
= string
[sindex
] && ifs_whitesep (string
[sindex
]);
2906 /* Move past the current separator character. */
2910 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, sindex
);
2913 /* Now skip sequences of whitespace characters if they are
2914 in the list of separators. */
2915 while (string
[sindex
] && ifs_whitesep (string
[sindex
]) && issep (string
[sindex
]))
2918 /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character
2919 is a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current
2920 field delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an
2921 empty field. Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */
2922 if (string
[sindex
] && whitesep
&& issep (string
[sindex
]) && !ifs_whitesep (string
[sindex
]))
2925 /* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any
2926 adjacent IFS white space, shall delimit a field. (SUSv3) */
2927 while (string
[sindex
] && ifs_whitesep (string
[sindex
]) && isifs (string
[sindex
]))
2931 return (REVERSE_LIST (result
, WORD_LIST
*));
2934 /* Parse a single word from STRING, using SEPARATORS to separate fields.
2935 ENDPTR is set to the first character after the word. This is used by
2938 This is never called with SEPARATORS != $IFS, and takes advantage of that.
2940 XXX - this function is very similar to list_string; they should be
2943 /* character is in $IFS */
2944 #define islocalsep(c) (local_cmap[(unsigned char)(c)] != 0)
2947 get_word_from_string (stringp
, separators
, endptr
)
2948 char **stringp
, *separators
, **endptr
;
2952 int sindex
, sh_style_split
, whitesep
, xflags
;
2953 unsigned char local_cmap
[UCHAR_MAX
+1]; /* really only need single-byte chars here */
2956 if (!stringp
|| !*stringp
|| !**stringp
)
2957 return ((char *)NULL
);
2959 sh_style_split
= separators
&& separators
[0] == ' ' &&
2960 separators
[1] == '\t' &&
2961 separators
[2] == '\n' &&
2962 separators
[3] == '\0';
2963 memset (local_cmap
, '\0', sizeof (local_cmap
));
2964 for (xflags
= 0, s
= separators
; s
&& *s
; s
++)
2966 if (*s
== CTLESC
) xflags
|= SX_NOCTLESC
;
2967 if (*s
== CTLNUL
) xflags
|= SX_NOESCCTLNUL
;
2968 local_cmap
[(unsigned char)*s
] = 1; /* local charmap of separators */
2974 /* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
2975 long as those characters appear in SEPARATORS. This happens if
2976 SEPARATORS == $' \t\n' or if IFS is unset. */
2977 if (sh_style_split
|| separators
== 0)
2978 for (; *s
&& spctabnl (*s
) && islocalsep (*s
); s
++);
2980 for (; *s
&& ifs_whitespace (*s
) && islocalsep (*s
); s
++);
2982 /* If the string is nothing but whitespace, update it and return. */
2988 return ((char *)NULL
);
2991 /* OK, S points to a word that does not begin with white space.
2992 Now extract a word, stopping at a separator, save a pointer to
2993 the first character after the word, then skip sequences of spc,
2994 tab, or nl as long as they are separators.
2996 This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */
2998 /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars are
2999 possible, but need it in string_extract_verbatim for bounds checking */
3001 current_word
= string_extract_verbatim (s
, slen
, &sindex
, separators
, xflags
);
3003 /* Set ENDPTR to the first character after the end of the word. */
3005 *endptr
= s
+ sindex
;
3007 /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */
3008 whitesep
= s
[sindex
] && ifs_whitesep (s
[sindex
]);
3010 /* Move past the current separator character. */
3014 ADVANCE_CHAR (s
, slen
, sindex
);
3017 /* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
3018 in the list of separators. */
3019 while (s
[sindex
] && spctabnl (s
[sindex
]) && islocalsep (s
[sindex
]))
3022 /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character is
3023 a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current field
3024 delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an empty field.
3025 Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */
3026 if (s
[sindex
] && whitesep
&& islocalsep (s
[sindex
]) && !ifs_whitesep (s
[sindex
]))
3029 /* An IFS character that is not IFS white space, along with any adjacent
3030 IFS white space, shall delimit a field. */
3031 while (s
[sindex
] && ifs_whitesep (s
[sindex
]) && islocalsep(s
[sindex
]))
3035 /* Update STRING to point to the next field. */
3036 *stringp
= s
+ sindex
;
3037 return (current_word
);
3040 /* Remove IFS white space at the end of STRING. Start at the end
3041 of the string and walk backwards until the beginning of the string
3042 or we find a character that's not IFS white space and not CTLESC.
3043 Only let CTLESC escape a white space character if SAW_ESCAPE is
3046 strip_trailing_ifs_whitespace (string
, separators
, saw_escape
)
3047 char *string
, *separators
;
3052 s
= string
+ STRLEN (string
) - 1;
3053 while (s
> string
&& ((spctabnl (*s
) && isifs (*s
)) ||
3054 (saw_escape
&& *s
== CTLESC
&& spctabnl (s
[1]))))
3062 /* Split STRING into words at whitespace. Obeys shell-style quoting with
3063 backslashes, single and double quotes. */
3065 list_string_with_quotes (string
)
3071 int c
, i
, tokstart
, len
;
3073 for (s
= string
; s
&& *s
&& spctabnl (*s
); s
++)
3075 if (s
== 0 || *s
== 0)
3076 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
3080 list
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
3091 i
= skip_single_quoted (s
, s_len
, ++i
, 0);
3093 i
= skip_double_quoted (s
, s_len
, ++i
, 0);
3094 else if (c
== 0 || spctabnl (c
))
3096 /* We have found the end of a token. Make a word out of it and
3097 add it to the word list. */
3098 token
= substring (s
, tokstart
, i
);
3099 list
= add_string_to_list (token
, list
);
3101 while (spctabnl (s
[i
]))
3109 i
++; /* normal character */
3111 return (REVERSE_LIST (list
, WORD_LIST
*));
3115 /********************************************************/
3117 /* Functions to perform assignment statements */
3119 /********************************************************/
3121 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
3123 do_compound_assignment (name
, value
, flags
)
3128 int mklocal
, mkassoc
, mkglobal
, chklocal
;
3130 char *newname
; /* used for local nameref references */
3132 mklocal
= flags
& ASS_MKLOCAL
;
3133 mkassoc
= flags
& ASS_MKASSOC
;
3134 mkglobal
= flags
& ASS_MKGLOBAL
;
3135 chklocal
= flags
& ASS_CHKLOCAL
;
3137 if (mklocal
&& variable_context
)
3139 v
= find_variable (name
); /* follows namerefs */
3140 newname
= (v
== 0) ? nameref_transform_name (name
, flags
) : v
->name
;
3141 if (v
&& ((readonly_p (v
) && (flags
& ASS_FORCE
) == 0) || noassign_p (v
)))
3144 err_readonly (name
);
3145 return (v
); /* XXX */
3147 list
= expand_compound_array_assignment (v
, value
, flags
);
3149 v
= make_local_assoc_variable (newname
, 0);
3150 else if (v
== 0 || (array_p (v
) == 0 && assoc_p (v
) == 0) || v
->context
!= variable_context
)
3151 v
= make_local_array_variable (newname
, 0);
3153 assign_compound_array_list (v
, list
, flags
);
3155 dispose_words (list
);
3157 /* In a function but forcing assignment in global context. CHKLOCAL means to
3158 check for an existing local variable first. */
3159 else if (mkglobal
&& variable_context
)
3161 v
= chklocal
? find_variable (name
) : 0;
3162 if (v
&& (local_p (v
) == 0 || v
->context
!= variable_context
))
3165 v
= find_global_variable (name
);
3166 if (v
&& ((readonly_p (v
) && (flags
& ASS_FORCE
) == 0) || noassign_p (v
)))
3169 err_readonly (name
);
3170 return (v
); /* XXX */
3173 newname
= (v
== 0) ? nameref_transform_name (name
, flags
) : name
;
3174 list
= expand_compound_array_assignment (v
, value
, flags
);
3175 if (v
== 0 && mkassoc
)
3176 v
= make_new_assoc_variable (newname
);
3177 else if (v
&& mkassoc
&& assoc_p (v
) == 0)
3178 v
= convert_var_to_assoc (v
);
3180 v
= make_new_array_variable (newname
);
3181 else if (v
&& mkassoc
== 0 && array_p (v
) == 0)
3182 v
= convert_var_to_array (v
);
3184 assign_compound_array_list (v
, list
, flags
);
3186 dispose_words (list
);
3190 v
= assign_array_from_string (name
, value
, flags
);
3191 if (v
&& ((readonly_p (v
) && (flags
& ASS_FORCE
) == 0) || noassign_p (v
)))
3194 err_readonly (name
);
3195 return (v
); /* XXX */
3203 /* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
3204 of the `=', and bind it to the left side. If EXPAND is true, then
3205 perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
3206 expansion on the right-hand side. Perform tilde expansion in any
3207 case. Do not perform word splitting on the result of expansion. */
3209 do_assignment_internal (word
, expand
)
3210 const WORD_DESC
*word
;
3213 int offset
, appendop
, assign_list
, aflags
, retval
;
3214 char *name
, *value
, *temp
;
3216 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
3222 if (word
== 0 || word
->word
== 0)
3225 appendop
= assign_list
= aflags
= 0;
3226 string
= word
->word
;
3227 offset
= assignment (string
, 0);
3228 name
= savestring (string
);
3229 value
= (char *)NULL
;
3231 if (name
[offset
] == '=')
3233 if (name
[offset
- 1] == '+')
3236 name
[offset
- 1] = '\0';
3239 name
[offset
] = 0; /* might need this set later */
3240 temp
= name
+ offset
+ 1;
3242 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
3243 if (expand
&& (word
->flags
& W_COMPASSIGN
))
3245 assign_list
= ni
= 1;
3246 value
= extract_array_assignment_list (temp
, &ni
);
3250 if (expand
&& temp
[0])
3251 value
= expand_string_if_necessary (temp
, 0, expand_string_assignment
);
3253 value
= savestring (temp
);
3258 value
= (char *)xmalloc (1);
3262 if (echo_command_at_execute
)
3265 name
[offset
- 1] = '+';
3266 xtrace_print_assignment (name
, value
, assign_list
, 1);
3268 name
[offset
- 1] = '\0';
3271 #define ASSIGN_RETURN(r) do { FREE (value); free (name); return (r); } while (0)
3274 aflags
|= ASS_APPEND
;
3276 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
3277 if (t
= mbschr (name
, LBRACK
))
3281 report_error (_("%s: cannot assign list to array member"), name
);
3284 entry
= assign_array_element (name
, value
, aflags
);
3288 else if (assign_list
)
3290 if ((word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNARG
) && (word
->flags
& W_CHKLOCAL
))
3291 aflags
|= ASS_CHKLOCAL
;
3292 if ((word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNARG
) && (word
->flags
& W_ASSNGLOBAL
) == 0)
3293 aflags
|= ASS_MKLOCAL
;
3294 if ((word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNARG
) && (word
->flags
& W_ASSNGLOBAL
))
3295 aflags
|= ASS_MKGLOBAL
;
3296 if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNASSOC
)
3297 aflags
|= ASS_MKASSOC
;
3298 entry
= do_compound_assignment (name
, value
, aflags
);
3301 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
3302 entry
= bind_variable (name
, value
, aflags
);
3305 stupidly_hack_special_variables (entry
->name
); /* might be a nameref */
3307 stupidly_hack_special_variables (name
);
3309 /* Return 1 if the assignment seems to have been performed correctly. */
3310 if (entry
== 0 || readonly_p (entry
))
3311 retval
= 0; /* assignment failure */
3312 else if (noassign_p (entry
))
3314 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
3315 retval
= 1; /* error status, but not assignment failure */
3320 if (entry
&& retval
!= 0 && noassign_p (entry
) == 0)
3321 VUNSETATTR (entry
, att_invisible
);
3323 ASSIGN_RETURN (retval
);
3326 /* Perform the assignment statement in STRING, and expand the
3327 right side by doing tilde, command and parameter expansion. */
3329 do_assignment (string
)
3334 td
.flags
= W_ASSIGNMENT
;
3337 return do_assignment_internal (&td
, 1);
3341 do_word_assignment (word
, flags
)
3345 return do_assignment_internal (word
, 1);
3348 /* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
3349 of the `=', and bind it to the left side. Do not perform any word
3350 expansions on the right hand side. */
3352 do_assignment_no_expand (string
)
3357 td
.flags
= W_ASSIGNMENT
;
3360 return (do_assignment_internal (&td
, 0));
3363 /***************************************************
3365 * Functions to manage the positional parameters *
3367 ***************************************************/
3369 /* Return the word list that corresponds to `$*'. */
3371 list_rest_of_args ()
3373 register WORD_LIST
*list
, *args
;
3376 /* Break out of the loop as soon as one of the dollar variables is null. */
3377 for (i
= 1, list
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
; i
< 10 && dollar_vars
[i
]; i
++)
3378 list
= make_word_list (make_bare_word (dollar_vars
[i
]), list
);
3380 for (args
= rest_of_args
; args
; args
= args
->next
)
3381 list
= make_word_list (make_bare_word (args
->word
->word
), list
);
3383 return (REVERSE_LIST (list
, WORD_LIST
*));
3386 /* Return the value of a positional parameter. This handles values > 10. */
3388 get_dollar_var_value (ind
)
3395 temp
= dollar_vars
[ind
] ? savestring (dollar_vars
[ind
]) : (char *)NULL
;
3396 else /* We want something like ${11} */
3399 for (p
= rest_of_args
; p
&& ind
--; p
= p
->next
)
3401 temp
= p
? savestring (p
->word
->word
) : (char *)NULL
;
3406 /* Make a single large string out of the dollar digit variables,
3407 and the rest_of_args. If DOLLAR_STAR is 1, then obey the special
3408 case of "$*" with respect to IFS. */
3410 string_rest_of_args (dollar_star
)
3413 register WORD_LIST
*list
;
3416 list
= list_rest_of_args ();
3417 string
= dollar_star
? string_list_dollar_star (list
, 0, 0) : string_list (list
);
3418 dispose_words (list
);
3422 /* Return a string containing the positional parameters from START to
3423 END, inclusive. If STRING[0] == '*', we obey the rules for $*,
3424 which only makes a difference if QUOTED is non-zero. If QUOTED includes
3425 Q_HERE_DOCUMENT or Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, this returns a quoted list, otherwise
3426 no quoting chars are added. */
3428 pos_params (string
, start
, end
, quoted
, pflags
)
3430 int start
, end
, quoted
, pflags
;
3432 WORD_LIST
*save
, *params
, *h
, *t
;
3436 /* see if we can short-circuit. if start == end, we want 0 parameters. */
3438 return ((char *)NULL
);
3440 save
= params
= list_rest_of_args ();
3441 if (save
== 0 && start
> 0)
3442 return ((char *)NULL
);
3444 if (start
== 0) /* handle ${@:0[:x]} specially */
3446 t
= make_word_list (make_word (dollar_vars
[0]), params
);
3450 for (i
= start
? 1 : 0; params
&& i
< start
; i
++)
3451 params
= params
->next
;
3454 dispose_words (save
);
3455 return ((char *)NULL
);
3457 for (h
= t
= params
; params
&& i
< end
; i
++)
3460 params
= params
->next
;
3462 t
->next
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
3464 ret
= string_list_pos_params (string
[0], h
, quoted
, pflags
);
3469 dispose_words (save
);
3473 /******************************************************************/
3475 /* Functions to expand strings to strings or WORD_LISTs */
3477 /******************************************************************/
3479 #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
3480 #define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == '<' || s == '>' || s == CTLESC || s == '~')
3482 #define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == CTLESC || s == '~')
3485 /* If there are any characters in STRING that require full expansion,
3486 then call FUNC to expand STRING; otherwise just perform quote
3487 removal if necessary. This returns a new string. */
3489 expand_string_if_necessary (string
, quoted
, func
)
3500 /* Don't need string length for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
3501 slen
= (MB_CUR_MAX
> 1) ? strlen (string
) : 0;
3505 if (EXP_CHAR (string
[i
]))
3507 else if (string
[i
] == '\'' || string
[i
] == '\\' || string
[i
] == '"')
3509 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
3514 list
= (*func
) (string
, quoted
);
3517 ret
= string_list (list
);
3518 dispose_words (list
);
3523 else if (saw_quote
&& ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) == 0))
3524 ret
= string_quote_removal (string
, quoted
);
3526 ret
= savestring (string
);
3531 static inline char *
3532 expand_string_to_string_internal (string
, quoted
, func
)
3540 if (string
== 0 || *string
== '\0')
3541 return ((char *)NULL
);
3543 list
= (*func
) (string
, quoted
);
3546 ret
= string_list (list
);
3547 dispose_words (list
);
3556 expand_string_to_string (string
, quoted
)
3560 return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string
, quoted
, expand_string
));
3564 expand_string_unsplit_to_string (string
, quoted
)
3568 return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string
, quoted
, expand_string_unsplit
));
3572 expand_assignment_string_to_string (string
, quoted
)
3576 return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string
, quoted
, expand_string_assignment
));
3580 expand_arith_string (string
, quoted
)
3585 WORD_LIST
*list
, *tlist
;
3591 /* Don't need string length for ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
3592 slen
= (MB_CUR_MAX
> 1) ? strlen (string
) : 0;
3596 if (EXP_CHAR (string
[i
]))
3598 else if (string
[i
] == '\'' || string
[i
] == '\\' || string
[i
] == '"')
3600 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
);
3605 /* This is expanded version of expand_string_internal as it's called by
3606 expand_string_leave_quoted */
3607 td
.flags
= W_NOPROCSUB
|W_NOTILDE
; /* don't want process substitution or tilde expansion */
3608 #if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2 */
3609 if (quoted
& Q_ARRAYSUB
)
3610 td
.flags
|= W_NOCOMSUB
;
3612 td
.word
= savestring (string
);
3613 list
= call_expand_word_internal (&td
, quoted
, 0, (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
);
3614 /* This takes care of the calls from expand_string_leave_quoted and
3618 tlist
= word_list_split (list
);
3619 dispose_words (list
);
3622 dequote_list (list
);
3624 /* This comes from expand_string_if_necessary */
3627 ret
= string_list (list
);
3628 dispose_words (list
);
3634 else if (saw_quote
&& (quoted
& Q_ARITH
))
3635 ret
= string_quote_removal (string
, quoted
);
3636 else if (saw_quote
&& ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) == 0))
3637 ret
= string_quote_removal (string
, quoted
);
3639 ret
= savestring (string
);
3644 #if defined (COND_COMMAND)
3645 /* Just remove backslashes in STRING. Returns a new string. */
3647 remove_backslashes (string
)
3652 r
= ret
= (char *)xmalloc (strlen (string
) + 1);
3653 for (s
= string
; s
&& *s
; )
3665 /* This needs better error handling. */
3666 /* Expand W for use as an argument to a unary or binary operator in a
3667 [[...]] expression. If SPECIAL is 1, this is the rhs argument
3668 to the != or == operator, and should be treated as a pattern. In
3669 this case, we quote the string specially for the globbing code. If
3670 SPECIAL is 2, this is an rhs argument for the =~ operator, and should
3671 be quoted appropriately for regcomp/regexec. The caller is responsible
3672 for removing the backslashes if the unquoted word is needed later. In
3673 any case, since we don't perform word splitting, we need to do quoted
3674 null character removal. */
3676 cond_expand_word (w
, special
)
3684 if (w
->word
== 0 || w
->word
[0] == '\0')
3685 return ((char *)NULL
);
3687 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 1;
3688 w
->flags
|= W_NOSPLIT2
;
3689 l
= call_expand_word_internal (w
, 0, 0, (int *)0, (int *)0);
3690 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 0;
3693 if (special
== 0) /* LHS */
3696 word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (l
);
3698 r
= string_list (l
);
3702 /* Need to figure out whether or not we should call dequote_escapes
3703 or a new dequote_ctlnul function here, and under what
3705 qflags
= QGLOB_CVTNULL
|QGLOB_CTLESC
;
3707 qflags
|= QGLOB_REGEXP
;
3708 word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (l
);
3709 p
= string_list (l
);
3710 r
= quote_string_for_globbing (p
, qflags
);
3722 /* Call expand_word_internal to expand W and handle error returns.
3723 A convenience function for functions that don't want to handle
3724 any errors or free any memory before aborting. */
3726 call_expand_word_internal (w
, q
, i
, c
, e
)
3732 result
= expand_word_internal (w
, q
, i
, c
, e
);
3733 if (result
== &expand_word_error
|| result
== &expand_word_fatal
)
3735 /* By convention, each time this error is returned, w->word has
3736 already been freed (it sometimes may not be in the fatal case,
3737 but that doesn't result in a memory leak because we're going
3738 to exit in most cases). */
3739 w
->word
= (char *)NULL
;
3740 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
3741 exp_jump_to_top_level ((result
== &expand_word_error
) ? DISCARD
: FORCE_EOF
);
3749 /* Perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
3750 expansion on STRING, as if it were a word. Leave the result quoted.
3751 Since this does not perform word splitting, it leaves quoted nulls
3754 expand_string_internal (string
, quoted
)
3761 if (string
== 0 || *string
== 0)
3762 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
3765 td
.word
= savestring (string
);
3767 tresult
= call_expand_word_internal (&td
, quoted
, 0, (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
);
3773 /* Expand STRING by performing parameter expansion, command substitution,
3774 and arithmetic expansion. Dequote the resulting WORD_LIST before
3775 returning it, but do not perform word splitting. The call to
3776 remove_quoted_nulls () is in here because word splitting normally
3777 takes care of quote removal. */
3779 expand_string_unsplit (string
, quoted
)
3785 if (string
== 0 || *string
== '\0')
3786 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
3788 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 1;
3789 value
= expand_string_internal (string
, quoted
);
3790 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 0;
3796 remove_quoted_nulls (value
->word
->word
); /* XXX */
3797 value
->word
->flags
&= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
3799 dequote_list (value
);
3804 /* Expand the rhs of an assignment statement */
3806 expand_string_assignment (string
, quoted
)
3813 if (string
== 0 || *string
== '\0')
3814 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
3816 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 1;
3819 /* Other shells (ksh93) do it this way, which affects how $@ is expanded
3820 in constructs like bar=${@#0} (preserves the spaces resulting from the
3821 expansion of $@ in a context where you don't do word splitting); Posix
3822 interp 888 makes the expansion of $@ in contexts where word splitting
3823 is not performed unspecified. */
3824 td
.flags
= W_ASSIGNRHS
|W_NOSPLIT2
; /* Posix interp 888 */
3826 td
.flags
= W_ASSIGNRHS
;
3828 td
.word
= savestring (string
);
3829 value
= call_expand_word_internal (&td
, quoted
, 0, (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
);
3832 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 0;
3838 remove_quoted_nulls (value
->word
->word
); /* XXX */
3839 value
->word
->flags
&= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
3841 dequote_list (value
);
3847 /* Expand one of the PS? prompt strings. This is a sort of combination of
3848 expand_string_unsplit and expand_string_internal, but returns the
3849 passed string when an error occurs. Might want to trap other calls
3850 to jump_to_top_level here so we don't endlessly loop. */
3852 expand_prompt_string (string
, quoted
, wflags
)
3860 if (string
== 0 || *string
== 0)
3861 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
3864 td
.word
= savestring (string
);
3866 no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
= 1;
3867 value
= expand_word_internal (&td
, quoted
, 0, (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
);
3868 no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
= 0;
3870 if (value
== &expand_word_error
|| value
== &expand_word_fatal
)
3872 value
= make_word_list (make_bare_word (string
), (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
3880 remove_quoted_nulls (value
->word
->word
); /* XXX */
3881 value
->word
->flags
&= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
3883 dequote_list (value
);
3888 /* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word, but do not dequote
3889 the resultant WORD_LIST. This is called only from within this file,
3890 and is used to correctly preserve quoted characters when expanding
3891 things like ${1+"$@"}. This does parameter expansion, command
3892 substitution, arithmetic expansion, and word splitting. */
3894 expand_string_leave_quoted (string
, quoted
)
3901 if (string
== 0 || *string
== '\0')
3902 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
3904 tlist
= expand_string_internal (string
, quoted
);
3908 tresult
= word_list_split (tlist
);
3909 dispose_words (tlist
);
3912 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
3915 /* This does not perform word splitting or dequote the WORD_LIST
3918 expand_string_for_rhs (string
, quoted
, op
, pflags
, dollar_at_p
, expanded_p
)
3920 int quoted
, op
, pflags
;
3921 int *dollar_at_p
, *expanded_p
;
3927 if (string
== 0 || *string
== '\0')
3928 return (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
3930 /* We want field splitting to be determined by what is going to be done with
3931 the entire ${parameterOPword} expansion, so we don't want to split the RHS
3932 we expand here. However, the expansion of $* is determined by whether we
3933 are going to eventually perform word splitting, so we want to set this
3934 depending on whether or not are are going to be splitting: if the expansion
3935 is quoted, if the OP is `=', or if IFS is set to the empty string, we
3936 are not going to be splitting, so we set expand_no_split_dollar_star to
3937 note this to callees.
3938 We pass through PF_ASSIGNRHS as W_ASSIGNRHS if this is on the RHS of an
3939 assignment statement. */
3940 /* The updated treatment of $* is the result of Posix interp 888 */
3941 /* This was further clarified on the austin-group list in March, 2017 and
3942 in Posix bug 1129 */
3943 old_nosplit
= expand_no_split_dollar_star
;
3944 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) || op
== '=' || ifs_is_null
== 0; /* XXX - was 1 */
3945 td
.flags
= W_EXPANDRHS
; /* expanding RHS of ${paramOPword} */
3946 td
.flags
|= W_NOSPLIT2
; /* no splitting, remove "" and '' */
3947 if (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
) /* pass through */
3948 td
.flags
|= W_ASSIGNRHS
;
3951 td
.flags
|= W_ASSIGNRHS
; /* expand b in ${a=b} like assignment */
3953 td
.flags
|= W_ASSIGNRHS
|W_NOASSNTILDE
; /* expand b in ${a=b} like assignment */
3956 tresult
= call_expand_word_internal (&td
, quoted
, 1, dollar_at_p
, expanded_p
);
3957 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= old_nosplit
;
3962 /* This does not perform word splitting or dequote the WORD_LIST
3963 it returns and it treats $* as if it were quoted. */
3965 expand_string_for_pat (string
, quoted
, dollar_at_p
, expanded_p
)
3967 int quoted
, *dollar_at_p
, *expanded_p
;
3973 if (string
== 0 || *string
== '\0')
3974 return (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
3976 oexp
= expand_no_split_dollar_star
;
3977 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 1;
3978 td
.flags
= W_NOSPLIT2
; /* no splitting, remove "" and '' */
3980 tresult
= call_expand_word_internal (&td
, quoted
, 1, dollar_at_p
, expanded_p
);
3981 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= oexp
;
3986 /* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word. This also returns
3987 a list of words. Note that filename globbing is *NOT* done for word
3988 or string expansion, just when the shell is expanding a command. This
3989 does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
3990 and word splitting. Dequote the resultant WORD_LIST before returning. */
3992 expand_string (string
, quoted
)
3998 if (string
== 0 || *string
== '\0')
3999 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
4001 result
= expand_string_leave_quoted (string
, quoted
);
4002 return (result
? dequote_list (result
) : result
);
4005 /*******************************************
4007 * Functions to expand WORD_DESCs *
4009 *******************************************/
4011 /* Expand WORD, performing word splitting on the result. This does
4012 parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
4013 word splitting, and quote removal. */
4016 expand_word (word
, quoted
)
4020 WORD_LIST
*result
, *tresult
;
4022 tresult
= call_expand_word_internal (word
, quoted
, 0, (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
);
4023 result
= word_list_split (tresult
);
4024 dispose_words (tresult
);
4025 return (result
? dequote_list (result
) : result
);
4028 /* Expand WORD, but do not perform word splitting on the result. This
4029 does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
4030 and quote removal. */
4032 expand_word_unsplit (word
, quoted
)
4038 result
= expand_word_leave_quoted (word
, quoted
);
4039 return (result
? dequote_list (result
) : result
);
4042 /* Perform shell expansions on WORD, but do not perform word splitting or
4043 quote removal on the result. Virtually identical to expand_word_unsplit;
4044 could be combined if implementations don't diverge. */
4046 expand_word_leave_quoted (word
, quoted
)
4052 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 1;
4054 word
->flags
|= W_NOSPLIT
;
4055 word
->flags
|= W_NOSPLIT2
;
4056 result
= call_expand_word_internal (word
, quoted
, 0, (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
);
4057 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 0;
4062 /***************************************************
4064 * Functions to handle quoting chars *
4066 ***************************************************/
4070 A string with s[0] == CTLNUL && s[1] == 0 is a quoted null string.
4071 The parser passes CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL. */
4073 /* Quote escape characters in string s, but no other characters. This is
4074 used to protect CTLESC and CTLNUL in variable values from the rest of
4075 the word expansion process after the variable is expanded (word splitting
4076 and filename generation). If IFS is null, we quote spaces as well, just
4077 in case we split on spaces later (in the case of unquoted $@, we will
4078 eventually attempt to split the entire word on spaces). Corresponding
4079 code exists in dequote_escapes. Even if we don't end up splitting on
4080 spaces, quoting spaces is not a problem. This should never be called on
4081 a string that is quoted with single or double quotes or part of a here
4082 document (effectively double-quoted).
4083 FLAGS says whether or not we are going to split the result. If we are not,
4084 and there is a CTLESC or CTLNUL in IFS, we need to quote CTLESC and CTLNUL,
4085 respectively, to prevent them from being removed as part of dequoting. */
4087 quote_escapes_internal (string
, flags
)
4091 const char *s
, *send
;
4094 int quote_spaces
, skip_ctlesc
, skip_ctlnul
, nosplit
;
4097 slen
= strlen (string
);
4098 send
= string
+ slen
;
4100 quote_spaces
= (ifs_value
&& *ifs_value
== 0);
4101 nosplit
= (flags
& PF_NOSPLIT2
);
4103 for (skip_ctlesc
= skip_ctlnul
= 0, s
= ifs_value
; s
&& *s
; s
++)
4105 skip_ctlesc
|= (nosplit
== 0 && *s
== CTLESC
);
4106 skip_ctlnul
|= (nosplit
== 0 && *s
== CTLNUL
);
4109 t
= result
= (char *)xmalloc ((slen
* 2) + 1);
4114 if ((skip_ctlesc
== 0 && *s
== CTLESC
) || (skip_ctlnul
== 0 && *s
== CTLNUL
) || (quote_spaces
&& *s
== ' '))
4116 COPY_CHAR_P (t
, s
, send
);
4124 quote_escapes (string
)
4127 return (quote_escapes_internal (string
, 0));
4134 return (quote_escapes_internal (string
, PF_NOSPLIT2
));
4138 list_quote_escapes (list
)
4141 register WORD_LIST
*w
;
4144 for (w
= list
; w
; w
= w
->next
)
4147 w
->word
->word
= quote_escapes (t
);
4153 /* Inverse of quote_escapes; remove CTLESC protecting CTLESC or CTLNUL.
4155 The parser passes us CTLESC as CTLESC CTLESC and CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL.
4156 This is necessary to make unquoted CTLESC and CTLNUL characters in the
4157 data stream pass through properly.
4159 We need to remove doubled CTLESC characters inside quoted strings before
4160 quoting the entire string, so we do not double the number of CTLESC
4163 Also used by parts of the pattern substitution code. */
4165 dequote_escapes (string
)
4168 const char *s
, *send
;
4177 slen
= strlen (string
);
4178 send
= string
+ slen
;
4180 t
= result
= (char *)xmalloc (slen
+ 1);
4182 if (strchr (string
, CTLESC
) == 0)
4183 return (strcpy (result
, string
));
4185 quote_spaces
= (ifs_value
&& *ifs_value
== 0);
4190 if (*s
== CTLESC
&& (s
[1] == CTLESC
|| s
[1] == CTLNUL
|| (quote_spaces
&& s
[1] == ' ')))
4196 COPY_CHAR_P (t
, s
, send
);
4203 #if defined (INCLUDE_UNUSED)
4205 list_dequote_escapes (list
)
4208 register WORD_LIST
*w
;
4211 for (w
= list
; w
; w
= w
->next
)
4214 w
->word
->word
= dequote_escapes (t
);
4221 /* Return a new string with the quoted representation of character C.
4222 This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be
4223 set in any resultant WORD_DESC where this value is the word. */
4225 make_quoted_char (c
)
4230 temp
= (char *)xmalloc (3);
4245 /* Quote STRING, returning a new string. This turns "" into QUOTED_NULL, so
4246 the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag needs to be set in any resultant WORD_DESC where
4247 this value is the word. */
4249 quote_string (string
)
4254 char *result
, *send
;
4258 result
= (char *)xmalloc (2);
4266 slen
= strlen (string
);
4267 send
= string
+ slen
;
4269 result
= (char *)xmalloc ((slen
* 2) + 1);
4271 for (t
= result
; string
< send
; )
4274 COPY_CHAR_P (t
, string
, send
);
4281 /* De-quote quoted characters in STRING. */
4283 dequote_string (string
)
4286 register char *s
, *t
;
4288 char *result
, *send
;
4292 if (string
[0] == CTLESC
&& string
[1] == 0)
4293 internal_inform ("dequote_string: string with bare CTLESC");
4296 slen
= STRLEN (string
);
4298 t
= result
= (char *)xmalloc (slen
+ 1);
4300 if (QUOTED_NULL (string
))
4306 /* A string consisting of only a single CTLESC should pass through unchanged */
4307 if (string
[0] == CTLESC
&& string
[1] == 0)
4314 /* If no character in the string can be quoted, don't bother examining
4315 each character. Just return a copy of the string passed to us. */
4316 if (strchr (string
, CTLESC
) == NULL
)
4317 return (strcpy (result
, string
));
4319 send
= string
+ slen
;
4329 COPY_CHAR_P (t
, s
, send
);
4336 /* Quote the entire WORD_LIST list. */
4341 register WORD_LIST
*w
;
4344 for (w
= list
; w
; w
= w
->next
)
4347 w
->word
->word
= quote_string (t
);
4349 w
->word
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
; /* XXX - turn on W_HASQUOTEDNULL here? */
4350 w
->word
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
;
4362 s
= dequote_string (word
->word
);
4363 if (QUOTED_NULL (word
->word
))
4364 word
->flags
&= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
4371 /* De-quote quoted characters in each word in LIST. */
4377 register WORD_LIST
*tlist
;
4379 for (tlist
= list
; tlist
; tlist
= tlist
->next
)
4381 s
= dequote_string (tlist
->word
->word
);
4382 if (QUOTED_NULL (tlist
->word
->word
))
4383 tlist
->word
->flags
&= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
4384 free (tlist
->word
->word
);
4385 tlist
->word
->word
= s
;
4390 /* Remove CTLESC protecting a CTLESC or CTLNUL in place. Return the passed
4393 remove_quoted_escapes (string
)
4400 t
= dequote_escapes (string
);
4408 /* Remove quoted $IFS characters from STRING. Quoted IFS characters are
4409 added to protect them from word splitting, but we need to remove them
4410 if no word splitting takes place. This returns newly-allocated memory,
4411 so callers can use it to replace savestring(). */
4413 remove_quoted_ifs (string
)
4416 register size_t slen
;
4421 slen
= strlen (string
);
4422 send
= string
+ slen
;
4425 ret
= (char *)xmalloc (slen
+ 1);
4429 if (string
[i
] == CTLESC
)
4432 if (string
[i
] == 0 || isifs (string
[i
]) == 0)
4438 COPY_CHAR_I (ret
, j
, string
, send
, i
);
4446 remove_quoted_nulls (string
)
4449 register size_t slen
;
4450 register int i
, j
, prev_i
;
4453 if (strchr (string
, CTLNUL
) == 0) /* XXX */
4454 return string
; /* XXX */
4456 slen
= strlen (string
);
4461 if (string
[i
] == CTLESC
)
4463 /* Old code had j++, but we cannot assume that i == j at this
4464 point -- what if a CTLNUL has already been removed from the
4465 string? We don't want to drop the CTLESC or recopy characters
4466 that we've already copied down. */
4468 string
[j
++] = CTLESC
;
4472 else if (string
[i
] == CTLNUL
)
4479 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, i
); /* COPY_CHAR_I? */
4482 do string
[j
++] = string
[prev_i
++]; while (prev_i
< i
);
4492 /* Perform quoted null character removal on each element of LIST.
4493 This modifies LIST. */
4495 word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (list
)
4498 register WORD_LIST
*t
;
4500 for (t
= list
; t
; t
= t
->next
)
4502 remove_quoted_nulls (t
->word
->word
);
4503 t
->word
->flags
&= ~W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
4507 /* **************************************************************** */
4509 /* Functions for Matching and Removing Patterns */
4511 /* **************************************************************** */
4513 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
4514 # ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
4515 static unsigned char *
4516 mb_getcharlens (string
, len
)
4520 int i
, offset
, last
;
4527 ret
= (unsigned char *)xmalloc (len
);
4528 memset (ret
, 0, len
);
4529 while (string
[last
])
4531 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, len
, offset
);
4532 ret
[last
] = offset
- last
;
4540 /* Remove the portion of PARAM matched by PATTERN according to OP, where OP
4541 can have one of 4 values:
4542 RP_LONG_LEFT remove longest matching portion at start of PARAM
4543 RP_SHORT_LEFT remove shortest matching portion at start of PARAM
4544 RP_LONG_RIGHT remove longest matching portion at end of PARAM
4545 RP_SHORT_RIGHT remove shortest matching portion at end of PARAM
4548 #define RP_LONG_LEFT 1
4549 #define RP_SHORT_LEFT 2
4550 #define RP_LONG_RIGHT 3
4551 #define RP_SHORT_RIGHT 4
4553 /* Returns its first argument if nothing matched; new memory otherwise */
4555 remove_upattern (param
, pattern
, op
)
4556 char *param
, *pattern
;
4559 register size_t len
;
4561 register char *p
, *ret
, c
;
4563 len
= STRLEN (param
);
4568 case RP_LONG_LEFT
: /* remove longest match at start */
4569 for (p
= end
; p
>= param
; p
--)
4572 if (strmatch (pattern
, param
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
) != FNM_NOMATCH
)
4575 return (savestring (p
));
4582 case RP_SHORT_LEFT
: /* remove shortest match at start */
4583 for (p
= param
; p
<= end
; p
++)
4586 if (strmatch (pattern
, param
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
) != FNM_NOMATCH
)
4589 return (savestring (p
));
4595 case RP_LONG_RIGHT
: /* remove longest match at end */
4596 for (p
= param
; p
<= end
; p
++)
4598 if (strmatch (pattern
, p
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
) != FNM_NOMATCH
)
4601 ret
= savestring (param
);
4608 case RP_SHORT_RIGHT
: /* remove shortest match at end */
4609 for (p
= end
; p
>= param
; p
--)
4611 if (strmatch (pattern
, p
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
) != FNM_NOMATCH
)
4614 ret
= savestring (param
);
4622 return (param
); /* no match, return original string */
4625 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
4626 /* Returns its first argument if nothing matched; new memory otherwise */
4628 remove_wpattern (wparam
, wstrlen
, wpattern
, op
)
4639 case RP_LONG_LEFT
: /* remove longest match at start */
4640 for (n
= wstrlen
; n
>= 0; n
--)
4642 wc
= wparam
[n
]; wparam
[n
] = L
'\0';
4643 if (wcsmatch (wpattern
, wparam
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
) != FNM_NOMATCH
)
4646 return (wcsdup (wparam
+ n
));
4652 case RP_SHORT_LEFT
: /* remove shortest match at start */
4653 for (n
= 0; n
<= wstrlen
; n
++)
4655 wc
= wparam
[n
]; wparam
[n
] = L
'\0';
4656 if (wcsmatch (wpattern
, wparam
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
) != FNM_NOMATCH
)
4659 return (wcsdup (wparam
+ n
));
4665 case RP_LONG_RIGHT
: /* remove longest match at end */
4666 for (n
= 0; n
<= wstrlen
; n
++)
4668 if (wcsmatch (wpattern
, wparam
+ n
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
) != FNM_NOMATCH
)
4670 wc
= wparam
[n
]; wparam
[n
] = L
'\0';
4671 ret
= wcsdup (wparam
);
4678 case RP_SHORT_RIGHT
: /* remove shortest match at end */
4679 for (n
= wstrlen
; n
>= 0; n
--)
4681 if (wcsmatch (wpattern
, wparam
+ n
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
) != FNM_NOMATCH
)
4683 wc
= wparam
[n
]; wparam
[n
] = L
'\0';
4684 ret
= wcsdup (wparam
);
4692 return (wparam
); /* no match, return original string */
4694 #endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
4697 remove_pattern (param
, pattern
, op
)
4698 char *param
, *pattern
;
4705 if (*param
== '\0' || pattern
== NULL
|| *pattern
== '\0') /* minor optimization */
4706 return (savestring (param
));
4708 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
4711 wchar_t *ret
, *oret
;
4713 wchar_t *wparam
, *wpattern
;
4716 /* XXX - could optimize here by checking param and pattern for multibyte
4717 chars with mbsmbchar and calling remove_upattern. */
4719 n
= xdupmbstowcs (&wpattern
, NULL
, pattern
);
4720 if (n
== (size_t)-1)
4722 xret
= remove_upattern (param
, pattern
, op
);
4723 return ((xret
== param
) ? savestring (param
) : xret
);
4725 n
= xdupmbstowcs (&wparam
, NULL
, param
);
4727 if (n
== (size_t)-1)
4730 xret
= remove_upattern (param
, pattern
, op
);
4731 return ((xret
== param
) ? savestring (param
) : xret
);
4733 oret
= ret
= remove_wpattern (wparam
, n
, wpattern
, op
);
4734 /* Don't bother to convert wparam back to multibyte string if nothing
4735 matched; just return copy of original string */
4740 return (savestring (param
));
4747 xret
= (char *)xmalloc (n
+ 1);
4748 memset (&ps
, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
4749 n
= wcsrtombs (xret
, (const wchar_t **)&ret
, n
, &ps
);
4750 xret
[n
] = '\0'; /* just to make sure */
4757 xret
= remove_upattern (param
, pattern
, op
);
4758 return ((xret
== param
) ? savestring (param
) : xret
);
4762 /* Match PAT anywhere in STRING and return the match boundaries.
4763 This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. SP
4764 and EP are pointers into the string where the match begins and
4765 ends, respectively. MTYPE controls what kind of match is attempted.
4766 MATCH_BEG and MATCH_END anchor the match at the beginning and end
4767 of the string, respectively. The longest match is returned. */
4769 match_upattern (string
, pat
, mtype
, sp
, ep
)
4776 register char *p
, *p1
, *npat
;
4779 /* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and
4780 short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of
4781 unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N
4782 characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics
4783 of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has
4784 `*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */
4785 /* XXX - check this later if I ever implement `**' with special meaning,
4786 since this will potentially result in `**' at the beginning or end */
4788 if (pat
[0] != '*' || (pat
[0] == '*' && pat
[1] == LPAREN
&& extended_glob
) || pat
[len
- 1] != '*')
4790 int unescaped_backslash
;
4793 p
= npat
= (char *)xmalloc (len
+ 3);
4795 if ((mtype
!= MATCH_BEG
) && (*p1
!= '*' || (*p1
== '*' && p1
[1] == LPAREN
&& extended_glob
)))
4800 /* Need to also handle a pattern that ends with an unescaped backslash.
4801 For right now, we ignore it because the pattern matching code will
4802 fail the match anyway */
4803 /* If the pattern ends with a `*' we leave it alone if it's preceded by
4804 an even number of backslashes, but if it's escaped by a backslash
4805 we need to add another `*'. */
4806 if ((mtype
!= MATCH_END
) && (p1
[-1] == '*' && (unescaped_backslash
= p1
[-2] == '\\')))
4809 while (pp
>= pat
&& *pp
-- == '\\')
4810 unescaped_backslash
= 1 - unescaped_backslash
;
4811 if (unescaped_backslash
)
4814 else if (mtype
!= MATCH_END
&& p1
[-1] != '*')
4817 if (p1
[-1] != '*' || p1
[-2] == '\\')
4824 c
= strmatch (npat
, string
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
| FNMATCH_IGNCASE
);
4827 if (c
== FNM_NOMATCH
)
4830 len
= STRLEN (string
);
4833 mlen
= umatchlen (pat
, len
);
4834 if (mlen
> (int)len
)
4840 for (p
= string
; p
<= end
; p
++)
4842 if (match_pattern_char (pat
, p
, FNMATCH_IGNCASE
))
4844 p1
= (mlen
== -1) ? end
: p
+ mlen
;
4845 /* p1 - p = length of portion of string to be considered
4846 p = current position in string
4847 mlen = number of characters consumed by match (-1 for entire string)
4849 we want to break immediately if the potential match len
4850 is greater than the number of characters remaining in the
4855 for ( ; p1
>= p
; p1
--)
4857 c
= *p1
; *p1
= '\0';
4858 if (strmatch (pat
, p
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
| FNMATCH_IGNCASE
) == 0)
4867 /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
4878 if (match_pattern_char (pat
, string
, FNMATCH_IGNCASE
) == 0)
4881 for (p
= (mlen
== -1) ? end
: string
+ mlen
; p
>= string
; p
--)
4884 if (strmatch (pat
, string
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
| FNMATCH_IGNCASE
) == 0)
4892 /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
4900 for (p
= end
- ((mlen
== -1) ? len
: mlen
); p
<= end
; p
++)
4902 if (strmatch (pat
, p
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
| FNMATCH_IGNCASE
) == 0)
4908 /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
4919 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
4921 #define WFOLD(c) (match_ignore_case && iswupper (c) ? towlower (c) : (c))
4923 /* Match WPAT anywhere in WSTRING and return the match boundaries.
4924 This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. Wide
4925 character version. */
4927 match_wpattern (wstring
, indices
, wstrlen
, wpat
, mtype
, sp
, ep
)
4935 wchar_t wc
, *wp
, *nwpat
, *wp1
;
4938 int n
, n1
, n2
, simple
;
4940 simple
= (wpat
[0] != L
'\\' && wpat
[0] != L
'*' && wpat
[0] != L
'?' && wpat
[0] != L
'[');
4941 #if defined (EXTENDED_GLOB)
4943 simple
&= (wpat
[1] != L
'(' || (wpat
[0] != L
'*' && wpat
[0] != L
'?' && wpat
[0] != L
'+' && wpat
[0] != L
'!' && wpat
[0] != L
'@')); /*)*/
4946 /* If the pattern doesn't match anywhere in the string, go ahead and
4947 short-circuit right away. A minor optimization, saves a bunch of
4948 unnecessary calls to strmatch (up to N calls for a string of N
4949 characters) if the match is unsuccessful. To preserve the semantics
4950 of the substring matches below, we make sure that the pattern has
4951 `*' as first and last character, making a new pattern if necessary. */
4952 len
= wcslen (wpat
);
4953 if (wpat
[0] != L
'*' || (wpat
[0] == L
'*' && wpat
[1] == WLPAREN
&& extended_glob
) || wpat
[len
- 1] != L
'*')
4955 int unescaped_backslash
;
4958 wp
= nwpat
= (wchar_t *)xmalloc ((len
+ 3) * sizeof (wchar_t));
4960 if (*wp1
!= L
'*' || (*wp1
== '*' && wp1
[1] == WLPAREN
&& extended_glob
))
4962 while (*wp1
!= L
'\0')
4965 /* See comments above in match_upattern. */
4966 if (wp1
[-1] == L
'*' && (unescaped_backslash
= wp1
[-2] == L
'\\'))
4969 while (wpp
>= wpat
&& *wpp
-- == L
'\\')
4970 unescaped_backslash
= 1 - unescaped_backslash
;
4971 if (unescaped_backslash
)
4974 else if (wp1
[-1] != L
'*')
4977 if (wp1
[-1] != L
'*' || wp1
[-2] == L
'\\')
4984 len
= wcsmatch (nwpat
, wstring
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
| FNMATCH_IGNCASE
);
4987 if (len
== FNM_NOMATCH
)
4990 mlen
= wmatchlen (wpat
, wstrlen
);
4991 if (mlen
> (int)wstrlen
)
4994 /* itrace("wmatchlen (%ls) -> %d", wpat, mlen); */
4998 for (n
= 0; n
<= wstrlen
; n
++)
5000 n2
= simple
? (WFOLD(*wpat
) == WFOLD(wstring
[n
])) : match_pattern_wchar (wpat
, wstring
+ n
, FNMATCH_IGNCASE
);
5003 n1
= (mlen
== -1) ? wstrlen
: n
+ mlen
;
5007 for ( ; n1
>= n
; n1
--)
5009 wc
= wstring
[n1
]; wstring
[n1
] = L
'\0';
5010 if (wcsmatch (wpat
, wstring
+ n
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
| FNMATCH_IGNCASE
) == 0)
5018 /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
5028 if (match_pattern_wchar (wpat
, wstring
, FNMATCH_IGNCASE
) == 0)
5031 for (n
= (mlen
== -1) ? wstrlen
: mlen
; n
>= 0; n
--)
5033 wc
= wstring
[n
]; wstring
[n
] = L
'\0';
5034 if (wcsmatch (wpat
, wstring
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
| FNMATCH_IGNCASE
) == 0)
5042 /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
5050 for (n
= wstrlen
- ((mlen
== -1) ? wstrlen
: mlen
); n
<= wstrlen
; n
++)
5052 if (wcsmatch (wpat
, wstring
+ n
, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG
| FNMATCH_IGNCASE
) == 0)
5055 *ep
= indices
[wstrlen
];
5058 /* If MLEN != -1, we have a fixed length pattern. */
5069 #endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
5072 match_pattern (string
, pat
, mtype
, sp
, ep
)
5077 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
5080 wchar_t *wstring
, *wpat
;
5084 if (string
== 0 || pat
== 0 || *pat
== 0)
5087 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
5090 if (mbsmbchar (string
) == 0 && mbsmbchar (pat
) == 0)
5091 return (match_upattern (string
, pat
, mtype
, sp
, ep
));
5093 n
= xdupmbstowcs (&wpat
, NULL
, pat
);
5094 if (n
== (size_t)-1)
5095 return (match_upattern (string
, pat
, mtype
, sp
, ep
));
5096 n
= xdupmbstowcs (&wstring
, &indices
, string
);
5097 if (n
== (size_t)-1)
5100 return (match_upattern (string
, pat
, mtype
, sp
, ep
));
5102 ret
= match_wpattern (wstring
, indices
, n
, wpat
, mtype
, sp
, ep
);
5112 return (match_upattern (string
, pat
, mtype
, sp
, ep
));
5116 getpatspec (c
, value
)
5121 return ((*value
== '#') ? RP_LONG_LEFT
: RP_SHORT_LEFT
);
5123 return ((*value
== '%') ? RP_LONG_RIGHT
: RP_SHORT_RIGHT
);
5126 /* Posix.2 says that the WORD should be run through tilde expansion,
5127 parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic expansion.
5128 This leaves the result quoted, so quote_string_for_globbing () has
5129 to be called to fix it up for strmatch (). If QUOTED is non-zero,
5130 it means that the entire expression was enclosed in double quotes.
5131 This means that quoting characters in the pattern do not make any
5132 special pattern characters quoted. For example, the `*' in the
5133 following retains its special meaning: "${foo#'*'}". */
5135 getpattern (value
, quoted
, expandpat
)
5137 int quoted
, expandpat
;
5144 /* There is a problem here: how to handle single or double quotes in the
5145 pattern string when the whole expression is between double quotes?
5146 POSIX.2 says that enclosing double quotes do not cause the pattern to
5147 be quoted, but does that leave us a problem with @ and array[@] and their
5148 expansions inside a pattern? */
5150 if (expandpat
&& (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && *tword
)
5153 pat
= string_extract_double_quoted (tword
, &i
, SX_STRIPDQ
);
5159 /* expand_string_for_pat () leaves WORD quoted and does not perform
5161 l
= *value
? expand_string_for_pat (value
,
5162 (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) ? Q_PATQUOTE
: quoted
,
5163 (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
)
5166 word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (l
);
5167 pat
= string_list (l
);
5171 tword
= quote_string_for_globbing (pat
, QGLOB_CVTNULL
);
5179 /* Handle removing a pattern from a string as a result of ${name%[%]value}
5180 or ${name#[#]value}. */
5182 variable_remove_pattern (value
, pattern
, patspec
, quoted
)
5183 char *value
, *pattern
;
5184 int patspec
, quoted
;
5188 tword
= remove_pattern (value
, pattern
, patspec
);
5195 list_remove_pattern (list
, pattern
, patspec
, itype
, quoted
)
5198 int patspec
, itype
, quoted
;
5204 for (new = (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
, l
= list
; l
; l
= l
->next
)
5206 tword
= remove_pattern (l
->word
->word
, pattern
, patspec
);
5207 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
5208 w
->word
= tword
? tword
: savestring ("");
5209 new = make_word_list (w
, new);
5212 l
= REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST
*);
5213 tword
= string_list_pos_params (itype
, l
, quoted
, 0);
5220 parameter_list_remove_pattern (itype
, pattern
, patspec
, quoted
)
5223 int patspec
, quoted
;
5228 list
= list_rest_of_args ();
5230 return ((char *)NULL
);
5231 ret
= list_remove_pattern (list
, pattern
, patspec
, itype
, quoted
);
5232 dispose_words (list
);
5236 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
5238 array_remove_pattern (var
, pattern
, patspec
, starsub
, quoted
)
5242 int starsub
; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */
5252 v
= var
; /* XXX - for now */
5254 itype
= starsub
? '*' : '@';
5256 a
= (v
&& array_p (v
)) ? array_cell (v
) : 0;
5257 h
= (v
&& assoc_p (v
)) ? assoc_cell (v
) : 0;
5259 list
= a
? array_to_word_list (a
) : (h
? assoc_to_word_list (h
) : 0);
5261 return ((char *)NULL
);
5262 ret
= list_remove_pattern (list
, pattern
, patspec
, itype
, quoted
);
5263 dispose_words (list
);
5267 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
5270 parameter_brace_remove_pattern (varname
, value
, ind
, patstr
, rtype
, quoted
, flags
)
5271 char *varname
, *value
;
5274 int rtype
, quoted
, flags
;
5276 int vtype
, patspec
, starsub
;
5277 char *temp1
, *val
, *pattern
, *oname
;
5281 return ((char *)NULL
);
5283 oname
= this_command_name
;
5284 this_command_name
= varname
;
5286 vtype
= get_var_and_type (varname
, value
, ind
, quoted
, flags
, &v
, &val
);
5289 this_command_name
= oname
;
5290 return ((char *)NULL
);
5293 starsub
= vtype
& VT_STARSUB
;
5294 vtype
&= ~VT_STARSUB
;
5296 patspec
= getpatspec (rtype
, patstr
);
5297 if (patspec
== RP_LONG_LEFT
|| patspec
== RP_LONG_RIGHT
)
5300 /* Need to pass getpattern newly-allocated memory in case of expansion --
5301 the expansion code will free the passed string on an error. */
5302 temp1
= savestring (patstr
);
5303 pattern
= getpattern (temp1
, quoted
, 1);
5306 temp1
= (char *)NULL
; /* shut up gcc */
5310 case VT_ARRAYMEMBER
:
5311 temp1
= remove_pattern (val
, pattern
, patspec
);
5312 if (vtype
== VT_VARIABLE
)
5316 val
= (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
5317 ? quote_string (temp1
)
5318 : quote_escapes (temp1
);
5323 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
5325 temp1
= array_remove_pattern (v
, pattern
, patspec
, starsub
, quoted
);
5326 if (temp1
&& ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) == 0))
5328 val
= quote_escapes (temp1
);
5335 temp1
= parameter_list_remove_pattern (varname
[0], pattern
, patspec
, quoted
);
5336 if (temp1
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
5338 /* Posix interp 888 */
5340 else if (temp1
&& ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) == 0))
5342 val
= quote_escapes (temp1
);
5349 this_command_name
= oname
;
5355 #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
5357 static void reap_some_procsubs
PARAMS((int));
5359 /*****************************************************************/
5361 /* Hacking Process Substitution */
5363 /*****************************************************************/
5365 #if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
5366 /* Named pipes must be removed explicitly with `unlink'. This keeps a list
5367 of FIFOs the shell has open. unlink_fifo_list will walk the list and
5368 unlink the ones that don't have a living process on the other end.
5369 unlink_all_fifos will walk the list and unconditionally unlink them, trying
5370 to open and close the FIFO first to release any child processes sleeping on
5371 the FIFO. add_fifo_list adds the name of an open FIFO to the list.
5372 NFIFO is a count of the number of FIFOs in the list. */
5373 #define FIFO_INCR 20
5375 /* PROC value of -1 means the process has been reaped and the FIFO needs to
5376 be removed. PROC value of 0 means the slot is unused. */
5382 static struct temp_fifo
*fifo_list
= (struct temp_fifo
*)NULL
;
5384 static int fifo_list_size
;
5391 for (i
= 0; i
< fifo_list_size
; i
++)
5393 if (fifo_list
[i
].file
)
5394 free (fifo_list
[i
].file
);
5395 fifo_list
[i
].file
= NULL
;
5396 fifo_list
[i
].proc
= 0;
5402 copy_fifo_list (sizep
)
5407 return (void *)NULL
;
5411 add_fifo_list (pathname
)
5416 if (nfifo
>= fifo_list_size
- 1)
5418 osize
= fifo_list_size
;
5419 fifo_list_size
+= FIFO_INCR
;
5420 fifo_list
= (struct temp_fifo
*)xrealloc (fifo_list
,
5421 fifo_list_size
* sizeof (struct temp_fifo
));
5422 for (i
= osize
; i
< fifo_list_size
; i
++)
5424 fifo_list
[i
].file
= (char *)NULL
;
5425 fifo_list
[i
].proc
= 0; /* unused */
5429 fifo_list
[nfifo
].file
= savestring (pathname
);
5437 if ((fifo_list
[i
].proc
== (pid_t
)-1) || (fifo_list
[i
].proc
> 0 && (kill(fifo_list
[i
].proc
, 0) == -1)))
5439 unlink (fifo_list
[i
].file
);
5440 free (fifo_list
[i
].file
);
5441 fifo_list
[i
].file
= (char *)NULL
;
5442 fifo_list
[i
].proc
= 0;
5454 for (i
= saved
= 0; i
< nfifo
; i
++)
5456 if ((fifo_list
[i
].proc
== (pid_t
)-1) || (fifo_list
[i
].proc
> 0 && (kill(fifo_list
[i
].proc
, 0) == -1)))
5458 unlink (fifo_list
[i
].file
);
5459 free (fifo_list
[i
].file
);
5460 fifo_list
[i
].file
= (char *)NULL
;
5461 fifo_list
[i
].proc
= 0;
5467 /* If we didn't remove some of the FIFOs, compact the list. */
5470 for (i
= j
= 0; i
< nfifo
; i
++)
5471 if (fifo_list
[i
].file
)
5475 fifo_list
[j
].file
= fifo_list
[i
].file
;
5476 fifo_list
[j
].proc
= fifo_list
[i
].proc
;
5477 fifo_list
[i
].file
= (char *)NULL
;
5478 fifo_list
[i
].proc
= 0;
5496 for (i
= 0; i
< nfifo
; i
++)
5498 fifo_list
[i
].proc
= (pid_t
)-1;
5499 fd
= open (fifo_list
[i
].file
, O_RDWR
|O_NONBLOCK
);
5508 /* Take LIST, which is a bitmap denoting active FIFOs in fifo_list
5509 from some point in the past, and close all open FIFOs in fifo_list
5510 that are not marked as active in LIST. If LIST is NULL, close
5511 everything in fifo_list. LSIZE is the number of elements in LIST, in
5512 case it's larger than fifo_list_size (size of fifo_list). */
5514 close_new_fifos (list
, lsize
)
5523 unlink_fifo_list ();
5527 for (plist
= (char *)list
, i
= 0; i
< lsize
; i
++)
5528 if (plist
[i
] == 0 && i
< fifo_list_size
&& fifo_list
[i
].proc
!= -1)
5531 for (i
= lsize
; i
< fifo_list_size
; i
++)
5536 find_procsub_child (pid
)
5541 for (i
= 0; i
< nfifo
; i
++)
5542 if (fifo_list
[i
].proc
== pid
)
5548 set_procsub_status (ind
, pid
, status
)
5553 if (ind
>= 0 && ind
< nfifo
)
5554 fifo_list
[ind
].proc
= (pid_t
)-1; /* sentinel */
5557 /* If we've marked the process for this procsub as dead, close the
5558 associated file descriptor and delete the FIFO. */
5560 reap_some_procsubs (max
)
5565 for (i
= 0; i
< max
; i
++)
5566 if (fifo_list
[i
].proc
== (pid_t
)-1) /* reaped */
5573 reap_some_procsubs (nfifo
);
5583 for (i
= 0; i
< nfifo
; i
++)
5585 if (fifo_list
[i
].proc
!= (pid_t
)-1 && fifo_list
[i
].proc
> 0)
5587 r
= wait_for (fifo_list
[i
].proc
, 0);
5588 save_proc_status (fifo_list
[i
].proc
, r
);
5589 fifo_list
[i
].proc
= (pid_t
)-1;
5612 tname
= sh_mktmpname ("sh-np", MT_USERANDOM
|MT_USETMPDIR
);
5613 if (mkfifo (tname
, 0600) < 0)
5616 return ((char *)NULL
);
5619 add_fifo_list (tname
);
5623 #else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
5625 /* DEV_FD_LIST is a bitmap of file descriptors attached to pipes the shell
5626 has open to children. NFDS is a count of the number of bits currently
5627 set in DEV_FD_LIST. TOTFDS is a count of the highest possible number
5629 /* dev_fd_list[I] value of -1 means the process has been reaped and file
5630 descriptor I needs to be closed. Value of 0 means the slot is unused. */
5632 static pid_t
*dev_fd_list
= (pid_t
*)NULL
;
5634 static int totfds
; /* The highest possible number of open files. */
5655 for (i
= 0; nfds
&& i
< totfds
; i
++)
5662 copy_fifo_list (sizep
)
5667 if (nfds
== 0 || totfds
== 0)
5671 return (void *)NULL
;
5676 ret
= xmalloc (totfds
* sizeof (pid_t
));
5677 return (memcpy (ret
, dev_fd_list
, totfds
* sizeof (pid_t
)));
5684 if (dev_fd_list
== 0 || fd
>= totfds
)
5689 totfds
= getdtablesize ();
5690 if (totfds
< 0 || totfds
> 256)
5695 dev_fd_list
= (pid_t
*)xrealloc (dev_fd_list
, totfds
* sizeof (dev_fd_list
[0]));
5696 /* XXX - might need a loop for this */
5697 memset (dev_fd_list
+ ofds
, '\0', (totfds
- ofds
) * sizeof (pid_t
));
5700 dev_fd_list
[fd
] = 1; /* marker; updated later */
5707 return 0; /* used for cleanup; not needed with /dev/fd */
5720 if (dev_fd_list
[fd
])
5723 dev_fd_list
[fd
] = 0;
5736 for (i
= totfds
-1; nfds
&& i
>= 0; i
--)
5745 unlink_fifo_list ();
5748 /* Take LIST, which is a snapshot copy of dev_fd_list from some point in
5749 the past, and close all open fds in dev_fd_list that are not marked
5750 as open in LIST. If LIST is NULL, close everything in dev_fd_list.
5751 LSIZE is the number of elements in LIST, in case it's larger than
5752 totfds (size of dev_fd_list). */
5754 close_new_fifos (list
, lsize
)
5763 unlink_fifo_list ();
5767 for (plist
= (pid_t
*)list
, i
= 0; i
< lsize
; i
++)
5768 if (plist
[i
] == 0 && i
< totfds
&& dev_fd_list
[i
])
5771 for (i
= lsize
; i
< totfds
; i
++)
5776 find_procsub_child (pid
)
5784 for (i
= 0; i
< totfds
; i
++)
5785 if (dev_fd_list
[i
] == pid
)
5792 set_procsub_status (ind
, pid
, status
)
5797 if (ind
>= 0 && ind
< totfds
)
5798 dev_fd_list
[ind
] = (pid_t
)-1; /* sentinel */
5801 /* If we've marked the process for this procsub as dead, close the
5802 associated file descriptor. */
5804 reap_some_procsubs (max
)
5809 for (i
= 0; nfds
> 0 && i
< max
; i
++)
5810 if (dev_fd_list
[i
] == (pid_t
)-1)
5817 reap_some_procsubs (totfds
);
5827 for (i
= 0; nfds
> 0 && i
< totfds
; i
++)
5829 if (dev_fd_list
[i
] != (pid_t
)-1 && dev_fd_list
[i
] > 0)
5831 r
= wait_for (dev_fd_list
[i
], 0);
5832 save_proc_status (dev_fd_list
[i
], r
);
5833 dev_fd_list
[i
] = (pid_t
)-1;
5839 #if defined (NOTDEF)
5840 print_dev_fd_list ()
5844 fprintf (stderr
, "pid %ld: dev_fd_list:", (long)getpid ());
5847 for (i
= 0; i
< totfds
; i
++)
5850 fprintf (stderr
, " %d", i
);
5852 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
5857 make_dev_fd_filename (fd
)
5860 char *ret
, intbuf
[INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 1], *p
;
5862 ret
= (char *)xmalloc (sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX
) + 8);
5864 strcpy (ret
, DEV_FD_PREFIX
);
5865 p
= inttostr (fd
, intbuf
, sizeof (intbuf
));
5866 strcpy (ret
+ sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX
) - 1, p
);
5872 #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
5874 /* Return a filename that will open a connection to the process defined by
5875 executing STRING. HAVE_DEV_FD, if defined, means open a pipe and return
5876 a filename in /dev/fd corresponding to a descriptor that is one of the
5877 ends of the pipe. If not defined, we use named pipes on systems that have
5878 them. Systems without /dev/fd and named pipes are out of luck.
5880 OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD, if 1, means open the named pipe for reading or
5881 use the read end of the pipe and dup that file descriptor to fd 0 in
5882 the child. If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD is 0, we open the named pipe for
5883 writing or use the write end of the pipe in the child, and dup that
5884 file descriptor to fd 1 in the child. The parent does the opposite. */
5887 process_substitute (string
, open_for_read_in_child
)
5889 int open_for_read_in_child
;
5892 int fd
, result
, rc
, function_value
;
5894 #if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
5895 int parent_pipe_fd
, child_pipe_fd
;
5897 #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
5898 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
5899 pid_t old_pipeline_pgrp
;
5902 if (!string
|| !*string
|| wordexp_only
)
5903 return ((char *)NULL
);
5905 #if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
5906 pathname
= make_named_pipe ();
5907 #else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
5908 if (pipe (fildes
) < 0)
5910 sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make pipe for process substitution"));
5911 return ((char *)NULL
);
5913 /* If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD == 1, we want to use the write end of
5914 the pipe in the parent, otherwise the read end. */
5915 parent_pipe_fd
= fildes
[open_for_read_in_child
];
5916 child_pipe_fd
= fildes
[1 - open_for_read_in_child
];
5917 /* Move the parent end of the pipe to some high file descriptor, to
5918 avoid clashes with FDs used by the script. */
5919 parent_pipe_fd
= move_to_high_fd (parent_pipe_fd
, 1, 64);
5921 pathname
= make_dev_fd_filename (parent_pipe_fd
);
5922 #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
5926 sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make pipe for process substitution"));
5927 return ((char *)NULL
);
5930 old_pid
= last_made_pid
;
5932 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
5933 old_pipeline_pgrp
= pipeline_pgrp
;
5934 if (pipeline_pgrp
== 0 || (subshell_environment
& (SUBSHELL_PIPE
|SUBSHELL_FORK
|SUBSHELL_ASYNC
)) == 0)
5935 pipeline_pgrp
= shell_pgrp
;
5937 #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
5939 pid
= make_child ((char *)NULL
, FORK_ASYNC
);
5943 int old_interactive
;
5945 old_interactive
= interactive
;
5947 /* The currently-executing shell is not interactive */
5950 reset_terminating_signals (); /* XXX */
5951 free_pushed_string_input ();
5952 /* Cancel traps, in trap.c. */
5953 restore_original_signals (); /* XXX - what about special builtins? bash-4.2 */
5954 QUIT
; /* catch any interrupts we got post-fork */
5955 setup_async_signals ();
5957 if (open_for_read_in_child
== 0 && old_interactive
&& (bash_input
.type
== st_stdin
|| bash_input
.type
== st_stream
))
5958 async_redirect_stdin ();
5961 subshell_environment
|= SUBSHELL_COMSUB
|SUBSHELL_PROCSUB
|SUBSHELL_ASYNC
;
5963 /* We don't inherit the verbose option for command substitutions now, so
5964 let's try it for process substitutions. */
5965 change_flag ('v', FLAG_OFF
);
5967 /* if we're expanding a redirection, we shouldn't have access to the
5968 temporary environment, but commands in the subshell should have
5969 access to their own temporary environment. */
5970 if (expanding_redir
)
5971 flush_temporary_env ();
5974 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
5975 set_sigchld_handler ();
5976 stop_making_children ();
5977 /* XXX - should we only do this in the parent? (as in command subst) */
5978 pipeline_pgrp
= old_pipeline_pgrp
;
5980 stop_making_children ();
5981 #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
5985 sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make child for process substitution"));
5987 #if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
5988 close (parent_pipe_fd
);
5989 close (child_pipe_fd
);
5990 #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
5991 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
5992 restore_pipeline (1);
5994 return ((char *)NULL
);
5999 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
6000 last_procsub_child
= restore_pipeline (0);
6001 /* We assume that last_procsub_child->next == last_procsub_child because
6002 of how jobs.c:add_process() works. */
6003 last_procsub_child
->next
= 0;
6004 procsub_add (last_procsub_child
);
6007 #if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
6008 dev_fd_list
[parent_pipe_fd
] = pid
;
6010 fifo_list
[nfifo
-1].proc
= pid
;
6013 last_made_pid
= old_pid
;
6015 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE)
6017 #endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */
6019 #if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
6020 close (child_pipe_fd
);
6021 #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
6026 set_sigint_handler ();
6028 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
6029 /* make sure we don't have any job control */
6030 set_job_control (0);
6032 /* Clear out any existing list of process substitutions */
6035 /* The idea is that we want all the jobs we start from an async process
6036 substitution to be in the same process group, but not the same pgrp
6037 as our parent shell, since we don't want to affect our parent shell's
6038 jobs if we get a SIGHUP and end up calling hangup_all_jobs, for example.
6039 If pipeline_pgrp != shell_pgrp, we assume that there is a job control
6040 shell somewhere in our parent process chain (since make_child initializes
6041 pipeline_pgrp to shell_pgrp if job_control == 0). What we do in this
6042 case is to set pipeline_pgrp to our PID, so all jobs started by this
6043 process have that same pgrp and we are basically the process group leader.
6044 This should not have negative effects on child processes surviving
6045 after we exit, since we wait for the children we create, but that is
6046 something to watch for. */
6048 if (pipeline_pgrp
!= shell_pgrp
)
6049 pipeline_pgrp
= getpid ();
6050 #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
6052 #if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
6053 /* Open the named pipe in the child. */
6054 fd
= open (pathname
, open_for_read_in_child
? O_RDONLY
: O_WRONLY
);
6057 /* Two separate strings for ease of translation. */
6058 if (open_for_read_in_child
)
6059 sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for reading"), pathname
);
6061 sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for writing"), pathname
);
6065 if (open_for_read_in_child
)
6067 if (sh_unset_nodelay_mode (fd
) < 0)
6069 sys_error (_("cannot reset nodelay mode for fd %d"), fd
);
6073 #else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
6075 #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
6077 /* Discard buffered stdio output before replacing the underlying file
6079 if (open_for_read_in_child
== 0)
6082 if (dup2 (fd
, open_for_read_in_child
? 0 : 1) < 0)
6084 sys_error (_("cannot duplicate named pipe %s as fd %d"), pathname
,
6085 open_for_read_in_child
? 0 : 1);
6089 if (fd
!= (open_for_read_in_child
? 0 : 1))
6092 /* Need to close any files that this process has open to pipes inherited
6094 if (current_fds_to_close
)
6096 close_fd_bitmap (current_fds_to_close
);
6097 current_fds_to_close
= (struct fd_bitmap
*)NULL
;
6100 #if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
6101 /* Make sure we close the parent's end of the pipe and clear the slot
6102 in the fd list so it is not closed later, if reallocated by, for
6103 instance, pipe(2). */
6104 close (parent_pipe_fd
);
6105 dev_fd_list
[parent_pipe_fd
] = 0;
6106 #endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
6108 /* subshells shouldn't have this flag, which controls using the temporary
6109 environment for variable lookups. We have already flushed the temporary
6110 environment above in the case we're expanding a redirection, so processes
6111 executed by this command need to be able to set it independently of their
6113 expanding_redir
= 0;
6115 remove_quoted_escapes (string
);
6117 #if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2 */
6118 startup_state
= 2; /* see if we can avoid a fork */
6119 parse_and_execute_level
= 0;
6122 /* Give process substitution a place to jump back to on failure,
6123 so we don't go back up to main (). */
6124 result
= setjmp_nosigs (top_level
);
6126 /* If we're running a process substitution inside a shell function,
6127 trap `return' so we don't return from the function in the subshell
6128 and go off to never-never land. */
6129 if (result
== 0 && return_catch_flag
)
6130 function_value
= setjmp_nosigs (return_catch
);
6134 if (result
== ERREXIT
)
6135 rc
= last_command_exit_value
;
6136 else if (result
== EXITPROG
)
6137 rc
= last_command_exit_value
;
6139 rc
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
6140 else if (function_value
)
6141 rc
= return_catch_value
;
6145 rc
= parse_and_execute (string
, "process substitution", (SEVAL_NONINT
|SEVAL_NOHIST
));
6146 /* leave subshell level intact for any exit trap */
6149 #if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
6150 /* Make sure we close the named pipe in the child before we exit. */
6151 close (open_for_read_in_child
? 0 : 1);
6152 #endif /* !HAVE_DEV_FD */
6154 last_command_exit_value
= rc
;
6155 rc
= run_exit_trap ();
6159 #endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
6161 /***********************************/
6163 /* Command Substitution */
6165 /***********************************/
6168 read_comsub (fd
, quoted
, flags
, rflag
)
6169 int fd
, quoted
, flags
;
6172 char *istring
, buf
[512], *bufp
;
6173 int istring_index
, c
, tflag
, skip_ctlesc
, skip_ctlnul
;
6175 size_t istring_size
;
6178 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
6185 istring
= (char *)NULL
;
6186 istring_index
= istring_size
= bufn
= tflag
= 0;
6188 skip_ctlesc
= ifs_cmap
[CTLESC
];
6189 skip_ctlnul
= ifs_cmap
[CTLNUL
];
6191 mb_cur_max
= MB_CUR_MAX
;
6194 /* Read the output of the command through the pipe. */
6201 bufn
= zread (fd
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
6213 internal_warning ("%s", _("command substitution: ignored null byte in input"));
6220 /* Add the character to ISTRING, possibly after resizing it. */
6221 RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring
, istring_index
, mb_cur_max
+1, istring_size
, 512);
6223 /* This is essentially quote_string inline */
6224 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) /* || c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL */)
6225 istring
[istring_index
++] = CTLESC
;
6226 else if ((flags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
) && skip_ctlesc
&& c
== CTLESC
)
6227 istring
[istring_index
++] = CTLESC
;
6228 /* Escape CTLESC and CTLNUL in the output to protect those characters
6229 from the rest of the word expansions (word splitting and globbing.)
6230 This is essentially quote_escapes inline. */
6231 else if (skip_ctlesc
== 0 && c
== CTLESC
)
6232 istring
[istring_index
++] = CTLESC
;
6233 else if ((skip_ctlnul
== 0 && c
== CTLNUL
) || (c
== ' ' && (ifs_value
&& *ifs_value
== 0)))
6234 istring
[istring_index
++] = CTLESC
;
6236 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
6237 if ((locale_utf8locale
&& (c
& 0x80)) ||
6238 (locale_utf8locale
== 0 && mb_cur_max
> 1 && (unsigned char)c
> 127))
6240 /* read a multibyte character from buf */
6241 /* punt on the hard case for now */
6242 memset (&ps
, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
6243 mblen
= mbrtowc (&wc
, bufp
-1, bufn
+1, &ps
);
6244 if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblen
) || mblen
== 0 || mblen
== 1)
6245 istring
[istring_index
++] = c
;
6248 istring
[istring_index
++] = c
;
6249 for (i
= 0; i
< mblen
-1; i
++)
6250 istring
[istring_index
++] = *bufp
++;
6257 istring
[istring_index
++] = c
;
6261 istring
[istring_index
] = '\0';
6263 /* If we read no output, just return now and save ourselves some
6265 if (istring_index
== 0)
6270 return (char *)NULL
;
6273 /* Strip trailing newlines from the output of the command. */
6274 if (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
6276 while (istring_index
> 0)
6278 if (istring
[istring_index
- 1] == '\n')
6282 /* If the newline was quoted, remove the quoting char. */
6283 if (istring
[istring_index
- 1] == CTLESC
)
6289 istring
[istring_index
] = '\0';
6292 strip_trailing (istring
, istring_index
- 1, 1);
6299 /* Perform command substitution on STRING. This returns a WORD_DESC * with the
6300 contained string possibly quoted. */
6302 command_substitute (string
, quoted
, flags
)
6307 pid_t pid
, old_pid
, old_pipeline_pgrp
, old_async_pid
;
6309 int result
, fildes
[2], function_value
, pflags
, rc
, tflag
, fork_flags
;
6313 istring
= (char *)NULL
;
6315 /* Don't fork () if there is no need to. In the case of no command to
6316 run, just return NULL. */
6318 for (s
= string
; s
&& *s
&& (shellblank (*s
) || *s
== '\n'); s
++)
6320 if (s
== 0 || *s
== 0)
6321 return ((WORD_DESC
*)NULL
);
6323 if (!string
|| !*string
|| (string
[0] == '\n' && !string
[1]))
6324 return ((WORD_DESC
*)NULL
);
6327 if (wordexp_only
&& read_but_dont_execute
)
6329 last_command_exit_value
= EX_WEXPCOMSUB
;
6330 jump_to_top_level (EXITPROG
);
6333 /* We're making the assumption here that the command substitution will
6334 eventually run a command from the file system. Since we'll run
6335 maybe_make_export_env in this subshell before executing that command,
6336 the parent shell and any other shells it starts will have to remake
6337 the environment. If we make it before we fork, other shells won't
6338 have to. Don't bother if we have any temporary variable assignments,
6339 though, because the export environment will be remade after this
6340 command completes anyway, but do it if all the words to be expanded
6341 are variable assignments. */
6342 if (subst_assign_varlist
== 0 || garglist
== 0)
6343 maybe_make_export_env (); /* XXX */
6345 /* Flags to pass to parse_and_execute() */
6346 pflags
= (interactive
&& sourcelevel
== 0) ? SEVAL_RESETLINE
: 0;
6348 old_pid
= last_made_pid
;
6350 /* Pipe the output of executing STRING into the current shell. */
6351 if (pipe (fildes
) < 0)
6353 sys_error ("%s", _("cannot make pipe for command substitution"));
6357 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
6358 old_pipeline_pgrp
= pipeline_pgrp
;
6359 /* Don't reset the pipeline pgrp if we're already a subshell in a pipeline or
6360 we've already forked to run a disk command (and are expanding redirections,
6362 if ((subshell_environment
& (SUBSHELL_FORK
|SUBSHELL_PIPE
)) == 0)
6363 pipeline_pgrp
= shell_pgrp
;
6364 cleanup_the_pipeline ();
6365 #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
6367 old_async_pid
= last_asynchronous_pid
;
6368 fork_flags
= (subshell_environment
&SUBSHELL_ASYNC
) ? FORK_ASYNC
: 0;
6369 pid
= make_child ((char *)NULL
, fork_flags
|FORK_NOTERM
);
6370 last_asynchronous_pid
= old_async_pid
;
6374 /* Reset the signal handlers in the child, but don't free the
6375 trap strings. Set a flag noting that we have to free the
6376 trap strings if we run trap to change a signal disposition. */
6377 reset_signal_handlers ();
6380 kill (getpid (), SIGINT
);
6381 CLRINTERRUPT
; /* if we're ignoring SIGINT somehow */
6383 QUIT
; /* catch any interrupts we got post-fork */
6384 subshell_environment
|= SUBSHELL_RESETTRAP
;
6387 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
6388 /* XXX DO THIS ONLY IN PARENT ? XXX */
6389 set_sigchld_handler ();
6390 stop_making_children ();
6392 pipeline_pgrp
= old_pipeline_pgrp
;
6394 stop_making_children ();
6395 #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
6399 sys_error (_("cannot make child for command substitution"));
6402 last_made_pid
= old_pid
;
6407 return ((WORD_DESC
*)NULL
);
6412 /* The currently executing shell is not interactive. */
6415 set_sigint_handler (); /* XXX */
6417 free_pushed_string_input ();
6419 /* Discard buffered stdio output before replacing the underlying file
6423 if (dup2 (fildes
[1], 1) < 0)
6425 sys_error ("%s", _("command_substitute: cannot duplicate pipe as fd 1"));
6426 exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
6429 /* If standard output is closed in the parent shell
6430 (such as after `exec >&-'), file descriptor 1 will be
6431 the lowest available file descriptor, and end up in
6432 fildes[0]. This can happen for stdin and stderr as well,
6433 but stdout is more important -- it will cause no output
6434 to be generated from this command. */
6435 if ((fildes
[1] != fileno (stdin
)) &&
6436 (fildes
[1] != fileno (stdout
)) &&
6437 (fildes
[1] != fileno (stderr
)))
6440 if ((fildes
[0] != fileno (stdin
)) &&
6441 (fildes
[0] != fileno (stdout
)) &&
6442 (fildes
[0] != fileno (stderr
)))
6446 /* Let stdio know the fd may have changed from text to binary mode, and
6447 make sure to preserve stdout line buffering. */
6448 freopen (NULL
, "w", stdout
);
6449 sh_setlinebuf (stdout
);
6450 #endif /* __CYGWIN__ */
6452 /* This is a subshell environment. */
6453 subshell_environment
|= SUBSHELL_COMSUB
;
6455 /* Many shells do not appear to inherit the -v option for command
6457 change_flag ('v', FLAG_OFF
);
6459 /* When inherit_errexit option is not enabled, command substitution does
6460 not inherit the -e flag. It is enabled when Posix mode is enabled */
6461 if (inherit_errexit
== 0)
6463 builtin_ignoring_errexit
= 0;
6464 change_flag ('e', FLAG_OFF
);
6468 /* If we are expanding a redirection, we can dispose of any temporary
6469 environment we received, since redirections are not supposed to have
6470 access to the temporary environment. We will have to see whether this
6471 affects temporary environments supplied to `eval', but the temporary
6472 environment gets copied to builtin_env at some point. */
6473 if (expanding_redir
)
6475 flush_temporary_env ();
6476 expanding_redir
= 0;
6479 remove_quoted_escapes (string
);
6481 startup_state
= 2; /* see if we can avoid a fork */
6482 parse_and_execute_level
= 0;
6484 /* Give command substitution a place to jump back to on failure,
6485 so we don't go back up to main (). */
6486 result
= setjmp_nosigs (top_level
);
6488 /* If we're running a command substitution inside a shell function,
6489 trap `return' so we don't return from the function in the subshell
6490 and go off to never-never land. */
6491 if (result
== 0 && return_catch_flag
)
6492 function_value
= setjmp_nosigs (return_catch
);
6496 if (result
== ERREXIT
)
6497 rc
= last_command_exit_value
;
6498 else if (result
== EXITPROG
)
6499 rc
= last_command_exit_value
;
6501 rc
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
6502 else if (function_value
)
6503 rc
= return_catch_value
;
6507 rc
= parse_and_execute (string
, "command substitution", pflags
|SEVAL_NOHIST
);
6508 /* leave subshell level intact for any exit trap */
6511 last_command_exit_value
= rc
;
6512 rc
= run_exit_trap ();
6513 #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
6514 unlink_fifo_list ();
6522 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE)
6524 #endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */
6528 begin_unwind_frame ("read-comsub");
6529 dummyfd
= fildes
[0];
6530 add_unwind_protect (close
, dummyfd
);
6532 /* Block SIGINT while we're reading from the pipe. If the child
6533 process gets a SIGINT, it will either handle it or die, and the
6534 read will return. */
6535 BLOCK_SIGNAL (SIGINT
, set
, oset
);
6537 istring
= read_comsub (fildes
[0], quoted
, flags
, &tflag
);
6540 discard_unwind_frame ("read-comsub");
6541 UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (oset
);
6543 current_command_subst_pid
= pid
;
6544 last_command_exit_value
= wait_for (pid
, JWAIT_NOTERM
);
6545 last_command_subst_pid
= pid
;
6546 last_made_pid
= old_pid
;
6548 #if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
6549 /* If last_command_exit_value > 128, then the substituted command
6550 was terminated by a signal. If that signal was SIGINT, then send
6551 SIGINT to ourselves. This will break out of loops, for instance. */
6552 if (last_command_exit_value
== (128 + SIGINT
) && last_command_exit_signal
== SIGINT
)
6553 kill (getpid (), SIGINT
);
6554 #endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
6556 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
6557 ret
->word
= istring
;
6564 /********************************************************
6566 * Utility functions for parameter expansion *
6568 ********************************************************/
6570 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
6573 array_length_reference (s
)
6584 var
= array_variable_part (s
, 0, &t
, &len
);
6586 /* If unbound variables should generate an error, report one and return
6588 if ((var
== 0 || invisible_p (var
) || (assoc_p (var
) == 0 && array_p (var
) == 0)) && unbound_vars_is_error
)
6592 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
6597 else if (var
== 0 || invisible_p (var
))
6600 /* We support a couple of expansions for variables that are not arrays.
6601 We'll return the length of the value for v[0], and 1 for v[@] or
6602 v[*]. Return 0 for everything else. */
6604 array
= array_p (var
) ? array_cell (var
) : (ARRAY
*)NULL
;
6605 h
= assoc_p (var
) ? assoc_cell (var
) : (HASH_TABLE
*)NULL
;
6607 if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t
[0]) && t
[1] == RBRACK
)
6610 return (h
? assoc_num_elements (h
) : 0);
6611 else if (array_p (var
))
6612 return (array
? array_num_elements (array
) : 0);
6614 return (var_isset (var
) ? 1 : 0);
6620 akey
= expand_assignment_string_to_string (t
, 0); /* [ */
6621 t
[len
- 1] = RBRACK
;
6622 if (akey
== 0 || *akey
== 0)
6624 err_badarraysub (t
);
6628 t
= assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var
), akey
);
6633 ind
= array_expand_index (var
, t
, len
, 0);
6634 /* negative subscripts to indexed arrays count back from end */
6635 if (var
&& array_p (var
) && ind
< 0)
6636 ind
= array_max_index (array_cell (var
)) + 1 + ind
;
6639 err_badarraysub (t
);
6643 t
= array_reference (array
, ind
);
6645 t
= (ind
== 0) ? value_cell (var
) : (char *)NULL
;
6648 len
= MB_STRLEN (t
);
6651 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
6654 valid_brace_expansion_word (name
, var_is_special
)
6658 if (DIGIT (*name
) && all_digits (name
))
6660 else if (var_is_special
)
6662 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
6663 else if (valid_array_reference (name
, 0))
6665 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
6666 else if (legal_identifier (name
))
6673 chk_atstar (name
, quoted
, pflags
, quoted_dollar_atp
, contains_dollar_at
)
6676 int *quoted_dollar_atp
, *contains_dollar_at
;
6682 if (quoted_dollar_atp
)
6683 *quoted_dollar_atp
= 0;
6684 if (contains_dollar_at
)
6685 *contains_dollar_at
= 0;
6689 /* check for $@ and $* */
6690 if (name
[0] == '@' && name
[1] == 0)
6692 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && quoted_dollar_atp
)
6693 *quoted_dollar_atp
= 1;
6694 if (contains_dollar_at
)
6695 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
6698 else if (name
[0] == '*' && name
[1] == '\0' && quoted
== 0)
6700 /* Need more checks here that parallel what string_list_pos_params and
6701 param_expand do. Check expand_no_split_dollar_star and ??? */
6702 if (contains_dollar_at
&& expand_no_split_dollar_star
== 0)
6703 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
6707 /* Now check for ${array[@]} and ${array[*]} */
6708 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
6709 else if (valid_array_reference (name
, 0))
6711 temp1
= mbschr (name
, LBRACK
);
6712 if (temp1
&& temp1
[1] == '@' && temp1
[2] == RBRACK
)
6714 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && quoted_dollar_atp
)
6715 *quoted_dollar_atp
= 1;
6716 if (contains_dollar_at
)
6717 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
6720 /* ${array[*]}, when unquoted, should be treated like ${array[@]},
6721 which should result in separate words even when IFS is unset. */
6722 if (temp1
&& temp1
[1] == '*' && temp1
[2] == RBRACK
&& quoted
== 0)
6724 if (contains_dollar_at
)
6725 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
6733 /* Parameter expand NAME, and return a new string which is the expansion,
6734 or NULL if there was no expansion. NAME is as given in ${NAMEcWORD}.
6735 VAR_IS_SPECIAL is non-zero if NAME is one of the special variables in
6736 the shell, e.g., "@", "$", "*", etc. QUOTED, if non-zero, means that
6737 NAME was found inside of a double-quoted expression. */
6739 parameter_brace_expand_word (name
, var_is_special
, quoted
, pflags
, indp
)
6741 int var_is_special
, quoted
, pflags
;
6758 /* Handle multiple digit arguments, as in ${11}. */
6759 if (legal_number (name
, &arg_index
))
6761 tt
= get_dollar_var_value (arg_index
);
6763 temp
= (*tt
&& (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)))
6765 : quote_escapes (tt
);
6767 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
6770 else if (var_is_special
) /* ${@} */
6773 tt
= (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (name
));
6774 tt
[sindex
= 0] = '$';
6775 strcpy (tt
+ 1, name
);
6777 ret
= param_expand (tt
, &sindex
, quoted
, (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
,
6778 (int *)NULL
, (int *)NULL
, pflags
);
6781 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
6782 else if (valid_array_reference (name
, 0))
6785 var
= array_variable_part (name
, 0, &tt
, (int *)0);
6786 /* These are the cases where word splitting will not be performed */
6787 if (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
)
6789 if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (tt
[0]) && tt
[1] == RBRACK
)
6791 /* Only treat as double quoted if array variable */
6792 if (var
&& (array_p (var
) || assoc_p (var
)))
6793 temp
= array_value (name
, quoted
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, AV_ASSIGNRHS
, &atype
, &ind
);
6795 temp
= array_value (name
, quoted
, 0, &atype
, &ind
);
6798 temp
= array_value (name
, quoted
, 0, &atype
, &ind
);
6800 /* Posix interp 888 */
6801 else if (pflags
& PF_NOSPLIT2
)
6803 /* Special cases, then general case, for each of A[@], A[*], A[n] */
6804 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
6805 if (tt
[0] == '@' && tt
[1] == RBRACK
&& var
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_set
&& ifs_is_null
== 0 && ifs_firstc
[0] != ' ')
6807 if (tt
[0] == '@' && tt
[1] == RBRACK
&& var
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_set
&& ifs_is_null
== 0 && ifs_firstc
!= ' ')
6809 temp
= array_value (name
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, AV_ASSIGNRHS
, &atype
, &ind
);
6810 else if (tt
[0] == '@' && tt
[1] == RBRACK
)
6811 temp
= array_value (name
, quoted
, 0, &atype
, &ind
);
6812 else if (tt
[0] == '*' && tt
[1] == RBRACK
&& expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& ifs_is_null
)
6813 temp
= array_value (name
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
, 0, &atype
, &ind
);
6814 else if (tt
[0] == '*' && tt
[1] == RBRACK
)
6815 temp
= array_value (name
, quoted
, 0, &atype
, &ind
);
6817 temp
= array_value (name
, quoted
, 0, &atype
, &ind
);
6819 else if (tt
[0] == '*' && tt
[1] == RBRACK
&& expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& ifs_is_null
)
6820 temp
= array_value (name
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
, 0, &atype
, &ind
);
6822 temp
= array_value (name
, quoted
, 0, &atype
, &ind
);
6823 if (atype
== 0 && temp
)
6825 temp
= (*temp
&& (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)))
6826 ? quote_string (temp
)
6827 : quote_escapes (temp
);
6828 rflags
|= W_ARRAYIND
;
6832 else if (atype
== 1 && temp
&& QUOTED_NULL (temp
) && (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)))
6833 rflags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
6836 else if (var
= find_variable (name
))
6838 if (var_isset (var
) && invisible_p (var
) == 0)
6840 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
6841 /* We avoid a memory leak by saving TT as the memory allocated by
6842 assoc_to_string or array_to_string and leaving it 0 otherwise,
6843 then freeing TT after quoting temp. */
6845 if ((pflags
& PF_ALLINDS
) && assoc_p (var
))
6846 tt
= temp
= assoc_empty (assoc_cell (var
)) ? (char *)NULL
: assoc_to_string (assoc_cell (var
), " ", quoted
);
6847 else if ((pflags
& PF_ALLINDS
) && array_p (var
))
6848 tt
= temp
= array_empty (array_cell (var
)) ? (char *)NULL
: array_to_string (array_cell (var
), " ", quoted
);
6849 else if (assoc_p (var
))
6850 temp
= assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var
), "0");
6851 else if (array_p (var
))
6852 temp
= array_reference (array_cell (var
), 0);
6854 temp
= value_cell (var
);
6856 temp
= value_cell (var
);
6860 temp
= (*temp
&& (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)))
6861 ? quote_string (temp
)
6862 : ((pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
) ? quote_rhs (temp
)
6863 : quote_escapes (temp
));
6867 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
6869 else if (var
= find_variable_last_nameref (name
, 0))
6871 temp
= nameref_cell (var
);
6872 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
6873 /* Handle expanding nameref whose value is x[n] */
6874 if (temp
&& *temp
&& valid_array_reference (temp
, 0))
6877 goto expand_arrayref
;
6881 /* y=2 ; typeset -n x=y; echo ${x} is not the same as echo ${2} in ksh */
6882 if (temp
&& *temp
&& legal_identifier (temp
) == 0)
6884 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
6885 report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name for name reference"), temp
);
6886 temp
= &expand_param_error
;
6889 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
6892 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
6896 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
6898 ret
->flags
|= rflags
;
6904 parameter_brace_find_indir (name
, var_is_special
, quoted
, find_nameref
)
6906 int var_is_special
, quoted
, find_nameref
;
6913 if (find_nameref
&& var_is_special
== 0 && (v
= find_variable_last_nameref (name
, 0)) &&
6914 nameref_p (v
) && (t
= nameref_cell (v
)) && *t
)
6915 return (savestring (t
));
6917 /* If var_is_special == 0, and name is not an array reference, this does
6918 more expansion than necessary. It should really look up the variable's
6919 value and not try to expand it. */
6920 pflags
= PF_IGNUNBOUND
;
6921 /* Note that we're not going to be doing word splitting here */
6924 pflags
|= PF_ASSIGNRHS
; /* suppresses word splitting */
6925 oldex
= expand_no_split_dollar_star
;
6926 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 1;
6928 w
= parameter_brace_expand_word (name
, var_is_special
, quoted
, pflags
, 0);
6930 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= oldex
;
6933 /* Have to dequote here if necessary */
6936 temp
= ((quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) || var_is_special
)
6937 ? dequote_string (t
)
6938 : dequote_escapes (t
);
6942 dispose_word_desc (w
);
6947 /* Expand an indirect reference to a variable: ${!NAME} expands to the
6948 value of the variable whose name is the value of NAME. */
6950 parameter_brace_expand_indir (name
, var_is_special
, quoted
, pflags
, quoted_dollar_atp
, contains_dollar_at
)
6952 int var_is_special
, quoted
, pflags
;
6953 int *quoted_dollar_atp
, *contains_dollar_at
;
6959 /* See if it's a nameref first, behave in ksh93-compatible fashion.
6960 There is at least one incompatibility: given ${!foo[0]} where foo=bar,
6961 bash performs an indirect lookup on foo[0] and expands the result;
6962 ksh93 expands bar[0]. We could do that here -- there are enough usable
6963 primitives to do that -- but do not at this point. */
6964 if (var_is_special
== 0 && (v
= find_variable_last_nameref (name
, 0)))
6966 if (nameref_p (v
) && (t
= nameref_cell (v
)) && *t
)
6968 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
6969 w
->word
= savestring (t
);
6975 /* An indirect reference to a positional parameter or a special parameter
6976 is ok. Indirect references to array references, as explained above, are
6977 ok (currently). Only references to unset variables are errors at this
6979 if (legal_identifier (name
) && v
== 0)
6981 report_error (_("%s: invalid indirect expansion"), name
);
6982 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
6983 w
->word
= &expand_param_error
;
6988 t
= parameter_brace_find_indir (name
, var_is_special
, quoted
, 0);
6990 chk_atstar (t
, quoted
, pflags
, quoted_dollar_atp
, contains_dollar_at
);
6992 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
6993 /* Array references to unset variables are also an error */
6994 if (t
== 0 && valid_array_reference (name
, 0))
6996 v
= array_variable_part (name
, 0, (char **)0, (int *)0);
6999 report_error (_("%s: invalid indirect expansion"), name
);
7000 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
7001 w
->word
= &expand_param_error
;
7006 return (WORD_DESC
*)NULL
;
7011 return (WORD_DESC
*)NULL
;
7013 if (valid_brace_expansion_word (t
, SPECIAL_VAR (t
, 0)) == 0)
7015 report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name"), t
);
7017 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
7018 w
->word
= &expand_param_error
;
7023 w
= parameter_brace_expand_word (t
, SPECIAL_VAR(t
, 0), quoted
, pflags
, 0);
7029 /* Expand the right side of a parameter expansion of the form ${NAMEcVALUE},
7030 depending on the value of C, the separating character. C can be one of
7031 "-", "+", or "=". QUOTED is true if the entire brace expression occurs
7032 between double quotes. */
7034 parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name
, value
, op
, quoted
, pflags
, qdollaratp
, hasdollarat
)
7036 int op
, quoted
, pflags
, *qdollaratp
, *hasdollarat
;
7040 char *t
, *t1
, *temp
, *vname
;
7041 int l_hasdollat
, sindex
;
7044 /*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs: %s:%s pflags = %d", name, value, pflags);*/
7045 /* If the entire expression is between double quotes, we want to treat
7046 the value as a double-quoted string, with the exception that we strip
7047 embedded unescaped double quotes (for sh backwards compatibility). */
7048 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && *value
)
7051 temp
= string_extract_double_quoted (value
, &sindex
, SX_STRIPDQ
);
7056 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
7058 l
= *temp
? expand_string_for_rhs (temp
, quoted
, op
, pflags
, &l_hasdollat
, (int *)NULL
)
7061 *hasdollarat
= l_hasdollat
|| (l
&& l
->next
);
7065 /* list_string takes multiple CTLNULs and turns them into an empty word
7066 with W_SAWQUOTEDNULL set. Turn it back into a single CTLNUL for the
7067 rest of this function and the caller. */
7068 for (tl
= l
; tl
; tl
= tl
->next
)
7070 if (tl
->word
&& (tl
->word
->word
== 0 || tl
->word
->word
[0] == 0) &&
7071 (tl
->word
->flags
| W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
))
7073 t
= make_quoted_char ('\0');
7074 FREE (tl
->word
->word
);
7076 tl
->word
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
|W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
7077 tl
->word
->flags
&= ~W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
;
7083 /* If l->next is not null, we know that TEMP contained "$@", since that
7084 is the only expansion that creates more than one word. */
7085 if (qdollaratp
&& ((l_hasdollat
&& quoted
) || l
->next
))
7087 /*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs: %s:%s: l != NULL, set *qdollaratp", name, value);*/
7091 /* The expansion of TEMP returned something. We need to treat things
7092 slightly differently if L_HASDOLLAT is non-zero. If we have "$@",
7093 the individual words have already been quoted. We need to turn them
7094 into a string with the words separated by the first character of
7095 $IFS without any additional quoting, so string_list_dollar_at won't
7096 do the right thing. If IFS is null, we want "$@" to split into
7097 separate arguments, not be concatenated, so we use string_list_internal
7098 and mark the word to be split on spaces later. We use
7099 string_list_dollar_star for "$@" otherwise. */
7100 if (l
->next
&& ifs_is_null
)
7102 temp
= string_list_internal (l
, " ");
7103 w
->flags
|= W_SPLITSPACE
;
7105 else if (l_hasdollat
|| l
->next
)
7106 temp
= string_list_dollar_star (l
, quoted
, 0);
7109 temp
= string_list (l
);
7110 if (temp
&& (QUOTED_NULL (temp
) == 0) && (l
->word
->flags
& W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
))
7111 w
->flags
|= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
; /* XXX */
7114 /* If we have a quoted null result (QUOTED_NULL(temp)) and the word is
7115 a quoted null (l->next == 0 && QUOTED_NULL(l->word->word)), the
7116 flags indicate it (l->word->flags & W_HASQUOTEDNULL), and the
7117 expansion is quoted (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
7118 (which is more paranoia than anything else), we need to return the
7119 quoted null string and set the flags to indicate it. */
7120 if (l
->next
== 0 && (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && QUOTED_NULL (temp
) && QUOTED_NULL (l
->word
->word
) && (l
->word
->flags
& W_HASQUOTEDNULL
))
7122 w
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
7123 /*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs (%s:%s): returning quoted null, turning off qdollaratp", name, value);*/
7124 /* If we return a quoted null with L_HASDOLLARAT, we either have a
7125 construct like "${@-$@}" or "${@-${@-$@}}" with no positional
7126 parameters or a quoted expansion of "$@" with $1 == ''. In either
7127 case, we don't want to enable special handling of $@. */
7128 if (qdollaratp
&& l_hasdollat
)
7133 else if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && l_hasdollat
)
7135 /* Posix interp 221 changed the rules on this. The idea is that
7136 something like "$xxx$@" should expand the same as "${foo-$xxx$@}"
7137 when foo and xxx are unset. The problem is that it's not in any
7138 way backwards compatible and few other shells do it. We're eventually
7139 going to try and split the difference (heh) a little bit here. */
7140 /* l_hasdollat == 1 means we saw a quoted dollar at. */
7142 /* The brace expansion occurred between double quotes and there was
7143 a $@ in TEMP. It does not matter if the $@ is quoted, as long as
7144 it does not expand to anything. In this case, we want to return
7145 a quoted empty string. Posix interp 888 */
7146 temp
= make_quoted_char ('\0');
7147 w
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
7148 /*itrace("parameter_brace_expand_rhs (%s:%s): returning quoted null", name, value);*/
7151 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
7153 if (op
== '-' || op
== '+')
7160 t1
= temp
? dequote_string (temp
) : savestring ("");
7166 (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)name
[1]) || DIGIT (name
[1]) || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name
[1])))
7168 vname
= parameter_brace_find_indir (name
+ 1, SPECIAL_VAR (name
, 1), quoted
, 1);
7169 if (vname
== 0 || *vname
== 0)
7171 report_error (_("%s: invalid indirect expansion"), name
);
7175 return &expand_wdesc_error
;
7177 if (legal_identifier (vname
) == 0)
7179 report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name"), vname
);
7183 return &expand_wdesc_error
;
7187 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7188 if (valid_array_reference (vname
, 0))
7189 v
= assign_array_element (vname
, t1
, 0);
7191 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
7192 v
= bind_variable (vname
, t1
, 0);
7194 if (v
== 0 || readonly_p (v
) || noassign_p (v
)) /* expansion error */
7196 if ((v
== 0 || readonly_p (v
)) && interactive_shell
== 0 && posixly_correct
)
7198 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
7199 exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF
);
7205 last_command_exit_value
= EX_BADUSAGE
;
7206 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
7210 stupidly_hack_special_variables (vname
);
7215 /* From Posix group discussion Feb-March 2010. Issue 7 0000221 */
7217 /* If we are double-quoted or if we are not going to be performing word
7218 splitting, we want to quote the value we return appropriately, like
7219 the other expansions this function handles. */
7220 w
->word
= (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) ? quote_string (t1
) : quote_escapes (t1
);
7221 /* If we have something that's non-null, that's not a quoted null string,
7222 and we're not going to be performing word splitting (we know we're not
7223 because the operator is `='), we can forget we saw a quoted null. */
7224 if (w
->word
&& w
->word
[0] && QUOTED_NULL (w
->word
) == 0)
7225 w
->flags
&= ~W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
;
7228 /* If we convert a null string into a quoted null, make sure the caller
7230 if ((quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) && QUOTED_NULL (w
->word
))
7231 w
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
7236 /* Deal with the right hand side of a ${name:?value} expansion in the case
7237 that NAME is null or not set. If VALUE is non-null it is expanded and
7238 used as the error message to print, otherwise a standard message is
7241 parameter_brace_expand_error (name
, value
, check_null
)
7248 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
); /* ensure it's non-zero */
7249 if (value
&& *value
)
7251 l
= expand_string (value
, 0);
7252 temp
= string_list (l
);
7253 report_error ("%s: %s", name
, temp
? temp
: ""); /* XXX was value not "" */
7257 else if (check_null
== 0)
7258 report_error (_("%s: parameter not set"), name
);
7260 report_error (_("%s: parameter null or not set"), name
);
7262 /* Free the data we have allocated during this expansion, since we
7263 are about to longjmp out. */
7268 /* Return 1 if NAME is something for which parameter_brace_expand_length is
7271 valid_length_expression (name
)
7274 return (name
[1] == '\0' || /* ${#} */
7275 ((sh_syntaxtab
[(unsigned char) name
[1]] & CSPECVAR
) && name
[2] == '\0') || /* special param */
7276 (DIGIT (name
[1]) && all_digits (name
+ 1)) || /* ${#11} */
7277 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7278 valid_array_reference (name
+ 1, 0) || /* ${#a[7]} */
7280 legal_identifier (name
+ 1)); /* ${#PS1} */
7283 /* Handle the parameter brace expansion that requires us to return the
7284 length of a parameter. */
7286 parameter_brace_expand_length (name
)
7290 intmax_t number
, arg_index
;
7294 var
= (SHELL_VAR
*)NULL
;
7296 if (name
[1] == '\0') /* ${#} */
7297 number
= number_of_args ();
7298 else if (DOLLAR_AT_STAR (name
[1]) && name
[2] == '\0') /* ${#@}, ${#*} */
7299 number
= number_of_args ();
7300 else if ((sh_syntaxtab
[(unsigned char) name
[1]] & CSPECVAR
) && name
[2] == '\0')
7302 /* Take the lengths of some of the shell's special parameters. */
7306 t
= which_set_flags ();
7309 t
= itos (last_command_exit_value
);
7312 t
= itos (dollar_dollar_pid
);
7315 if (last_asynchronous_pid
== NO_PID
)
7316 t
= (char *)NULL
; /* XXX - error if set -u set? */
7318 t
= itos (last_asynchronous_pid
);
7321 t
= itos (number_of_args ());
7324 number
= STRLEN (t
);
7327 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7328 else if (valid_array_reference (name
+ 1, 0))
7329 number
= array_length_reference (name
+ 1);
7330 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
7335 if (legal_number (name
+ 1, &arg_index
)) /* ${#1} */
7337 t
= get_dollar_var_value (arg_index
);
7338 if (t
== 0 && unbound_vars_is_error
)
7340 number
= MB_STRLEN (t
);
7343 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7344 else if ((var
= find_variable (name
+ 1)) && (invisible_p (var
) == 0) && (array_p (var
) || assoc_p (var
)))
7347 t
= assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var
), "0");
7349 t
= array_reference (array_cell (var
), 0);
7350 if (t
== 0 && unbound_vars_is_error
)
7352 number
= MB_STRLEN (t
);
7355 /* Fast path for the common case of taking the length of a non-dynamic
7356 scalar variable value. */
7357 else if ((var
|| (var
= find_variable (name
+ 1))) &&
7358 invisible_p (var
) == 0 &&
7359 array_p (var
) == 0 && assoc_p (var
) == 0 &&
7360 var
->dynamic_value
== 0)
7361 number
= value_cell (var
) ? MB_STRLEN (value_cell (var
)) : 0;
7362 else if (var
== 0 && unbound_vars_is_error
== 0)
7366 newname
= savestring (name
);
7368 list
= expand_string (newname
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
);
7369 t
= list
? string_list (list
) : (char *)NULL
;
7372 dispose_words (list
);
7374 number
= t
? MB_STRLEN (t
) : 0;
7382 /* Skip characters in SUBSTR until DELIM. SUBSTR is an arithmetic expression,
7383 so we do some ad-hoc parsing of an arithmetic expression to find
7384 the first DELIM, instead of using strchr(3). Two rules:
7385 1. If the substring contains a `(', read until closing `)'.
7386 2. If the substring contains a `?', read past one `:' for each `?'.
7387 The SD_ARITHEXP flag to skip_to_delim takes care of doing this.
7391 skiparith (substr
, delim
)
7401 i
= skip_to_delim (substr
, 0, delims
, SD_ARITHEXP
);
7402 return (substr
+ i
);
7405 /* Verify and limit the start and end of the desired substring. If
7406 VTYPE == 0, a regular shell variable is being used; if it is 1,
7407 then the positional parameters are being used; if it is 2, then
7408 VALUE is really a pointer to an array variable that should be used.
7409 Return value is 1 if both values were OK, 0 if there was a problem
7410 with an invalid expression, or -1 if the values were out of range. */
7412 verify_substring_values (v
, value
, substr
, vtype
, e1p
, e2p
)
7414 char *value
, *substr
;
7416 intmax_t *e1p
, *e2p
;
7418 char *t
, *temp1
, *temp2
;
7421 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7426 /* duplicate behavior of strchr(3) */
7427 t
= skiparith (substr
, ':');
7428 if (*t
&& *t
== ':')
7433 temp1
= expand_arith_string (substr
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
);
7434 *e1p
= evalexp (temp1
, 0, &expok
); /* XXX - EXP_EXPANDED? */
7439 len
= -1; /* paranoia */
7443 case VT_ARRAYMEMBER
:
7444 len
= MB_STRLEN (value
);
7447 len
= number_of_args () + 1;
7449 len
++; /* add one arg if counting from $0 */
7451 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7453 /* For arrays, the first value deals with array indices. Negative
7454 offsets count from one past the array's maximum index. Associative
7455 arrays treat the number of elements as the maximum index. */
7459 len
= assoc_num_elements (h
) + (*e1p
< 0);
7464 len
= array_max_index (a
) + (*e1p
< 0); /* arrays index from 0 to n - 1 */
7470 if (len
== -1) /* paranoia */
7473 if (*e1p
< 0) /* negative offsets count from end */
7476 if (*e1p
> len
|| *e1p
< 0)
7479 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7480 /* For arrays, the second offset deals with the number of elements. */
7481 if (vtype
== VT_ARRAYVAR
)
7482 len
= assoc_p (v
) ? assoc_num_elements (h
) : array_num_elements (a
);
7488 temp2
= savestring (t
);
7489 temp1
= expand_arith_string (temp2
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
);
7492 *e2p
= evalexp (temp1
, 0, &expok
); /* XXX - EXP_EXPANDED? */
7497 /* Should we allow positional parameter length < 0 to count backwards
7498 from end of positional parameters? */
7500 if ((vtype
== VT_ARRAYVAR
|| vtype
== VT_POSPARMS
) && *e2p
< 0)
7501 #else /* TAG: bash-5.2 */
7502 if (vtype
== VT_ARRAYVAR
&& *e2p
< 0)
7505 internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t
);
7508 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7509 /* In order to deal with sparse arrays, push the intelligence about how
7510 to deal with the number of elements desired down to the array-
7511 specific functions. */
7512 if (vtype
!= VT_ARRAYVAR
)
7518 if (*e2p
< 0 || *e2p
< *e1p
)
7520 internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t
);
7525 *e2p
+= *e1p
; /* want E2 chars starting at E1 */
7536 /* Return the type of variable specified by VARNAME (simple variable,
7537 positional param, or array variable). Also return the value specified
7538 by VARNAME (value of a variable or a reference to an array element).
7539 QUOTED is the standard description of quoting state, using Q_* defines.
7540 FLAGS is currently a set of flags to pass to array_value. If IND is
7541 non-null and not INTMAX_MIN, and FLAGS includes AV_USEIND, IND is
7542 passed to array_value so the array index is not computed again.
7543 If this returns VT_VARIABLE, the caller assumes that CTLESC and CTLNUL
7544 characters in the value are quoted with CTLESC and takes appropriate
7545 steps. For convenience, *VALP is set to the dequoted VALUE. */
7547 get_var_and_type (varname
, value
, ind
, quoted
, flags
, varp
, valp
)
7548 char *varname
, *value
;
7554 int vtype
, want_indir
;
7559 want_indir
= *varname
== '!' &&
7560 (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)varname
[1]) || DIGIT (varname
[1])
7561 || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (varname
[1]));
7563 vname
= parameter_brace_find_indir (varname
+1, SPECIAL_VAR (varname
, 1), quoted
, 1);
7564 /* XXX - what if vname == 0 || *vname == 0 ? */
7570 vtype
= VT_VARIABLE
;
7571 *varp
= (SHELL_VAR
*)NULL
;
7572 *valp
= (char *)NULL
;
7576 /* This sets vtype to VT_VARIABLE or VT_POSPARMS */
7577 vtype
= STR_DOLLAR_AT_STAR (vname
);
7578 if (vtype
== VT_POSPARMS
&& vname
[0] == '*')
7579 vtype
|= VT_STARSUB
;
7580 *varp
= (SHELL_VAR
*)NULL
;
7582 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7583 if (valid_array_reference (vname
, 0))
7585 v
= array_variable_part (vname
, 0, &temp
, (int *)0);
7586 /* If we want to signal array_value to use an already-computed index,
7587 set LIND to that index */
7588 lind
= (ind
!= INTMAX_MIN
&& (flags
& AV_USEIND
)) ? ind
: 0;
7589 if (v
&& invisible_p (v
))
7591 vtype
= VT_ARRAYMEMBER
;
7592 *varp
= (SHELL_VAR
*)NULL
;
7593 *valp
= (char *)NULL
;
7595 if (v
&& (array_p (v
) || assoc_p (v
)))
7597 if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp
[0]) && temp
[1] == RBRACK
)
7599 /* Callers have to differentiate between indexed and associative */
7600 vtype
= VT_ARRAYVAR
;
7602 vtype
|= VT_STARSUB
;
7603 *valp
= array_p (v
) ? (char *)array_cell (v
) : (char *)assoc_cell (v
);
7607 vtype
= VT_ARRAYMEMBER
;
7608 *valp
= array_value (vname
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, flags
, (int *)NULL
, &lind
);
7612 else if (v
&& (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp
[0]) && temp
[1] == RBRACK
))
7614 vtype
= VT_VARIABLE
;
7616 if (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
))
7617 *valp
= value
? dequote_string (value
) : (char *)NULL
;
7619 *valp
= value
? dequote_escapes (value
) : (char *)NULL
;
7623 vtype
= VT_ARRAYMEMBER
;
7625 *valp
= array_value (vname
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, flags
, (int *)NULL
, &lind
);
7628 else if ((v
= find_variable (vname
)) && (invisible_p (v
) == 0) && (assoc_p (v
) || array_p (v
)))
7630 vtype
= VT_ARRAYMEMBER
;
7632 *valp
= assoc_p (v
) ? assoc_reference (assoc_cell (v
), "0") : array_reference (array_cell (v
), 0);
7637 if (value
&& vtype
== VT_VARIABLE
)
7639 *varp
= find_variable (vname
);
7640 if (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
))
7641 *valp
= dequote_string (value
);
7643 *valp
= dequote_escapes (value
);
7655 /***********************************************************/
7657 /* Functions to perform transformations on variable values */
7659 /***********************************************************/
7662 string_var_assignment (v
, s
)
7666 char flags
[MAX_ATTRIBUTES
], *ret
, *val
;
7669 val
= (v
&& (invisible_p (v
) || var_isset (v
) == 0)) ? (char *)NULL
: sh_quote_reusable (s
, 0);
7670 i
= var_attribute_string (v
, 0, flags
);
7671 if (i
== 0 && val
== 0)
7672 return (char *)NULL
;
7674 ret
= (char *)xmalloc (i
+ STRLEN (val
) + strlen (v
->name
) + 16 + MAX_ATTRIBUTES
);
7675 if (i
> 0 && val
== 0)
7676 sprintf (ret
, "declare -%s %s", flags
, v
->name
);
7678 sprintf (ret
, "declare -%s %s=%s", flags
, v
->name
, val
);
7680 sprintf (ret
, "%s=%s", v
->name
, val
);
7685 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7687 array_var_assignment (v
, itype
, quoted
, atype
)
7689 int itype
, quoted
, atype
;
7691 char *ret
, *val
, flags
[MAX_ATTRIBUTES
];
7695 return (char *)NULL
;
7697 val
= array_p (v
) ? array_to_kvpair (array_cell (v
), 0)
7698 : assoc_to_kvpair (assoc_cell (v
), 0);
7700 val
= array_p (v
) ? array_to_assign (array_cell (v
), 0)
7701 : assoc_to_assign (assoc_cell (v
), 0);
7703 if (val
== 0 && (invisible_p (v
) || var_isset (v
) == 0))
7707 val
= (char *)xmalloc (3);
7714 ret
= (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) ? quote_string (val
) : quote_escapes (val
);
7722 i
= var_attribute_string (v
, 0, flags
);
7723 ret
= (char *)xmalloc (i
+ STRLEN (val
) + strlen (v
->name
) + 16);
7725 sprintf (ret
, "declare -%s %s=%s", flags
, v
->name
, val
);
7727 sprintf (ret
, "declare -%s %s", flags
, v
->name
);
7734 pos_params_assignment (list
, itype
, quoted
)
7741 /* first, we transform the list to quote each word. */
7742 temp
= list_transform ('Q', (SHELL_VAR
*)0, list
, itype
, quoted
);
7743 ret
= (char *)xmalloc (strlen (temp
) + 8);
7744 strcpy (ret
, "set -- ");
7745 strcpy (ret
+ 7, temp
);
7751 string_transform (xc
, v
, s
)
7756 char *ret
, flags
[MAX_ATTRIBUTES
], *t
;
7759 if (((xc
== 'A' || xc
== 'a') && v
== 0))
7760 return (char *)NULL
;
7761 else if (xc
!= 'a' && xc
!= 'A' && s
== 0)
7762 return (char *)NULL
;
7766 /* Transformations that interrogate the variable */
7768 i
= var_attribute_string (v
, 0, flags
);
7769 ret
= (i
> 0) ? savestring (flags
) : (char *)NULL
;
7772 ret
= string_var_assignment (v
, s
);
7775 ret
= sh_quote_reusable (s
, 0);
7777 /* Transformations that modify the variable's value */
7779 t
= ansiexpand (s
, 0, strlen (s
), (int *)0);
7780 ret
= dequote_escapes (t
);
7784 ret
= decode_prompt_string (s
);
7787 ret
= sh_quote_reusable (s
, 0);
7790 ret
= sh_modcase (s
, 0, CASE_UPPER
);
7793 ret
= sh_modcase (s
, 0, CASE_UPFIRST
); /* capitalize */
7796 ret
= sh_modcase (s
, 0, CASE_LOWER
);
7806 list_transform (xc
, v
, list
, itype
, quoted
)
7817 for (new = (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
, l
= list
; l
; l
= l
->next
)
7819 tword
= string_transform (xc
, v
, l
->word
->word
);
7820 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
7821 w
->word
= tword
? tword
: savestring (""); /* XXX */
7822 new = make_word_list (w
, new);
7824 l
= REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST
*);
7827 /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
7828 performed, treat as quoted. This changes how $* will be expanded. */
7829 if (itype
== '*' && expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& ifs_is_null
)
7830 qflags
|= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
; /* Posix interp 888 */
7832 tword
= string_list_pos_params (itype
, l
, qflags
, 0);
7839 parameter_list_transform (xc
, itype
, quoted
)
7847 list
= list_rest_of_args ();
7849 return ((char *)NULL
);
7851 ret
= pos_params_assignment (list
, itype
, quoted
);
7853 ret
= list_transform (xc
, (SHELL_VAR
*)0, list
, itype
, quoted
);
7854 dispose_words (list
);
7858 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7860 array_transform (xc
, var
, starsub
, quoted
)
7863 int starsub
; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */
7873 v
= var
; /* XXX - for now */
7875 itype
= starsub
? '*' : '@';
7878 return (array_var_assignment (v
, itype
, quoted
, 1));
7880 return (array_var_assignment (v
, itype
, quoted
, 2));
7882 /* special case for unset arrays and attributes */
7883 if (xc
== 'a' && (invisible_p (v
) || var_isset (v
) == 0))
7885 char flags
[MAX_ATTRIBUTES
];
7888 i
= var_attribute_string (v
, 0, flags
);
7889 return ((i
> 0) ? savestring (flags
) : (char *)NULL
);
7892 a
= (v
&& array_p (v
)) ? array_cell (v
) : 0;
7893 h
= (v
&& assoc_p (v
)) ? assoc_cell (v
) : 0;
7895 list
= a
? array_to_word_list (a
) : (h
? assoc_to_word_list (h
) : 0);
7897 return ((char *)NULL
);
7898 ret
= list_transform (xc
, v
, list
, itype
, quoted
);
7899 dispose_words (list
);
7903 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
7906 valid_parameter_transform (xform
)
7912 /* check for valid values of xform[0] */
7915 case 'a': /* expand to a string with just attributes */
7916 case 'A': /* expand as an assignment statement with attributes */
7917 case 'K': /* expand assoc array to list of key/value pairs */
7918 case 'E': /* expand like $'...' */
7919 case 'P': /* expand like prompt string */
7920 case 'Q': /* quote reusably */
7921 case 'U': /* transform to uppercase */
7922 case 'u': /* tranform by capitalizing */
7923 case 'L': /* transform to lowercase */
7931 parameter_brace_transform (varname
, value
, ind
, xform
, rtype
, quoted
, pflags
, flags
)
7932 char *varname
, *value
;
7935 int rtype
, quoted
, pflags
, flags
;
7937 int vtype
, xc
, starsub
;
7938 char *temp1
, *val
, *oname
;
7942 if (value
== 0 && xc
!= 'A' && xc
!= 'a')
7943 return ((char *)NULL
);
7945 oname
= this_command_name
;
7946 this_command_name
= varname
;
7948 vtype
= get_var_and_type (varname
, value
, ind
, quoted
, flags
, &v
, &val
);
7951 this_command_name
= oname
;
7952 return ((char *)NULL
);
7955 if (valid_parameter_transform (xform
) == 0)
7957 this_command_name
= oname
;
7958 #if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2 Martin Schulte <gnu@schrader-schulte.de> 10/2020 */
7959 return (interactive_shell
? &expand_param_error
: &expand_param_fatal
);
7961 return &expand_param_error
;
7965 starsub
= vtype
& VT_STARSUB
;
7966 vtype
&= ~VT_STARSUB
;
7968 /* If we are asked to display the attributes of an unset variable, V will
7969 be NULL after the call to get_var_and_type. Double-check here. */
7970 if ((xc
== 'a' || xc
== 'A') && vtype
== VT_VARIABLE
&& varname
&& v
== 0)
7971 v
= find_variable (varname
);
7973 temp1
= (char *)NULL
; /* shut up gcc */
7977 case VT_ARRAYMEMBER
:
7978 temp1
= string_transform (xc
, v
, val
);
7979 if (vtype
== VT_VARIABLE
)
7983 val
= (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
7984 ? quote_string (temp1
)
7985 : quote_escapes (temp1
);
7990 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
7992 temp1
= array_transform (xc
, v
, starsub
, quoted
);
7993 if (temp1
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
7995 /* Posix interp 888 */
7997 else if (temp1
&& ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) == 0))
7999 val
= quote_escapes (temp1
);
8006 temp1
= parameter_list_transform (xc
, varname
[0], quoted
);
8007 if (temp1
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
8009 /* Posix interp 888 */
8011 else if (temp1
&& ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) == 0))
8013 val
= quote_escapes (temp1
);
8020 this_command_name
= oname
;
8024 /******************************************************/
8026 /* Functions to extract substrings of variable values */
8028 /******************************************************/
8030 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
8031 /* Character-oriented rather than strictly byte-oriented substrings. S and
8032 E, rather being strict indices into STRING, indicate character (possibly
8033 multibyte character) positions that require calculation.
8034 Used by the ${param:offset[:length]} expansion. */
8036 mb_substring (string
, s
, e
)
8046 /* Don't need string length in ADVANCE_CHAR unless multibyte chars possible. */
8047 slen
= (MB_CUR_MAX
> 1) ? STRLEN (string
) : 0;
8050 while (string
[start
] && i
--)
8051 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, start
);
8054 while (string
[stop
] && i
--)
8055 ADVANCE_CHAR (string
, slen
, stop
);
8056 tt
= substring (string
, start
, stop
);
8061 /* Process a variable substring expansion: ${name:e1[:e2]}. If VARNAME
8062 is `@', use the positional parameters; otherwise, use the value of
8063 VARNAME. If VARNAME is an array variable, use the array elements. */
8066 parameter_brace_substring (varname
, value
, ind
, substr
, quoted
, pflags
, flags
)
8067 char *varname
, *value
;
8070 int quoted
, pflags
, flags
;
8073 int vtype
, r
, starsub
;
8074 char *temp
, *val
, *tt
, *oname
;
8077 if (value
== 0 && ((varname
[0] != '@' && varname
[0] != '*') || varname
[1]))
8078 return ((char *)NULL
);
8080 oname
= this_command_name
;
8081 this_command_name
= varname
;
8083 vtype
= get_var_and_type (varname
, value
, ind
, quoted
, flags
, &v
, &val
);
8086 this_command_name
= oname
;
8087 return ((char *)NULL
);
8090 starsub
= vtype
& VT_STARSUB
;
8091 vtype
&= ~VT_STARSUB
;
8093 r
= verify_substring_values (v
, val
, substr
, vtype
, &e1
, &e2
);
8094 this_command_name
= oname
;
8097 if (vtype
== VT_VARIABLE
)
8099 return ((r
== 0) ? &expand_param_error
: (char *)NULL
);
8105 case VT_ARRAYMEMBER
:
8106 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
8108 tt
= mb_substring (val
, e1
, e2
);
8111 tt
= substring (val
, e1
, e2
);
8113 if (vtype
== VT_VARIABLE
)
8115 if (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
))
8116 temp
= quote_string (tt
);
8118 temp
= tt
? quote_escapes (tt
) : (char *)NULL
;
8123 if (vtype
== VT_POSPARMS
)
8124 tt
= pos_params (varname
, e1
, e2
, quoted
, pflags
);
8125 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
8126 /* assoc_subrange and array_subrange both call string_list_pos_params,
8127 so we can treat this case just like VT_POSPARAMS. */
8128 else if (assoc_p (v
))
8129 /* we convert to list and take first e2 elements starting at e1th
8130 element -- officially undefined for now */
8131 tt
= assoc_subrange (assoc_cell (v
), e1
, e2
, starsub
, quoted
, pflags
);
8133 /* We want E2 to be the number of elements desired (arrays can be
8134 sparse, so verify_substring_values just returns the numbers
8135 specified and we rely on array_subrange to understand how to
8137 tt
= array_subrange (array_cell (v
), e1
, e2
, starsub
, quoted
, pflags
);
8139 /* We want to leave this alone in every case where pos_params/
8140 string_list_pos_params quotes the list members */
8141 if (tt
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
8143 temp
= tt
; /* Posix interp 888 */
8145 else if (tt
&& quoted
== 0 && (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
))
8147 temp
= tt
; /* Posix interp 888 */
8149 else if ((quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) == 0)
8151 temp
= tt
? quote_escapes (tt
) : (char *)NULL
;
8159 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
8165 /****************************************************************/
8167 /* Functions to perform pattern substitution on variable values */
8169 /****************************************************************/
8171 #ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
8173 shouldexp_replacement (s
)
8178 for (p
= s
; p
&& *p
; p
++)
8190 pat_subst (string
, pat
, rep
, mflags
)
8191 char *string
, *pat
, *rep
;
8194 char *ret
, *s
, *e
, *str
, *rstr
, *mstr
, *send
;
8195 int rptr
, mtype
, rxpand
, mlen
;
8196 size_t rsize
, l
, replen
, rslen
;
8200 return (savestring (""));
8202 mtype
= mflags
& MATCH_TYPEMASK
;
8204 #if 0 /* TAG: bash-5.2? */
8205 rxpand
= (rep
&& *rep
) ? shouldexp_replacement (rep
) : 0;
8211 * 1. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_BEG means to prefix STRING
8212 * with REP and return the result.
8213 * 2. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_END means to append REP to
8214 * STRING and return the result.
8215 * 3. A null STRING with a matching pattern means to append REP to
8216 * STRING and return the result.
8217 * These don't understand or process `&' in the replacement string.
8219 if ((pat
== 0 || *pat
== 0) && (mtype
== MATCH_BEG
|| mtype
== MATCH_END
))
8221 replen
= STRLEN (rep
);
8222 l
= STRLEN (string
);
8223 ret
= (char *)xmalloc (replen
+ l
+ 2);
8225 strcpy (ret
, string
);
8226 else if (mtype
== MATCH_BEG
)
8229 strcpy (ret
+ replen
, string
);
8233 strcpy (ret
, string
);
8234 strcpy (ret
+ l
, rep
);
8238 else if (*string
== 0 && (match_pattern (string
, pat
, mtype
, &s
, &e
) != 0))
8240 replen
= STRLEN (rep
);
8241 ret
= (char *)xmalloc (replen
+ 1);
8249 ret
= (char *)xmalloc (rsize
= 64);
8251 send
= string
+ strlen (string
);
8253 for (replen
= STRLEN (rep
), rptr
= 0, str
= string
; *str
;)
8255 if (match_pattern (str
, pat
, mtype
, &s
, &e
) == 0)
8263 mstr
= xmalloc (mlen
+ 1);
8264 for (x
= 0; x
< mlen
; x
++)
8267 rstr
= strcreplace (rep
, '&', mstr
, 0);
8269 rslen
= strlen (rstr
);
8277 RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret
, rptr
, (l
+ rslen
), rsize
, 64);
8279 /* OK, now copy the leading unmatched portion of the string (from
8280 str to s) to ret starting at rptr (the current offset). Then copy
8281 the replacement string at ret + rptr + (s - str). Increment
8282 rptr (if necessary) and str and go on. */
8285 strncpy (ret
+ rptr
, str
, l
);
8290 strncpy (ret
+ rptr
, rstr
, rslen
);
8293 str
= e
; /* e == end of match */
8298 if (((mflags
& MATCH_GLOBREP
) == 0) || mtype
!= MATCH_ANY
)
8303 /* On a zero-length match, make sure we copy one character, since
8304 we increment one character to avoid infinite recursion. */
8305 char *p
, *origp
, *origs
;
8308 RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret
, rptr
, locale_mb_cur_max
, rsize
, 64);
8309 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
8310 p
= origp
= ret
+ rptr
;
8312 COPY_CHAR_P (p
, str
, send
);
8316 ret
[rptr
++] = *str
++;
8317 e
++; /* avoid infinite recursion on zero-length match */
8322 /* Now copy the unmatched portion of the input string */
8325 RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret
, rptr
, STRLEN(str
) + 1, rsize
, 64);
8326 strcpy (ret
+ rptr
, str
);
8334 /* Do pattern match and replacement on the positional parameters. */
8336 pos_params_pat_subst (string
, pat
, rep
, mflags
)
8337 char *string
, *pat
, *rep
;
8340 WORD_LIST
*save
, *params
;
8343 int pchar
, qflags
, pflags
;
8345 save
= params
= list_rest_of_args ();
8347 return ((char *)NULL
);
8349 for ( ; params
; params
= params
->next
)
8351 ret
= pat_subst (params
->word
->word
, pat
, rep
, mflags
);
8352 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
8353 w
->word
= ret
? ret
: savestring ("");
8354 dispose_word (params
->word
);
8358 pchar
= (mflags
& MATCH_STARSUB
) == MATCH_STARSUB
? '*' : '@';
8359 qflags
= (mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) == MATCH_QUOTED
? Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
: 0;
8360 pflags
= (mflags
& MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
) == MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
? PF_ASSIGNRHS
: 0;
8362 /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
8363 performed, treat as quoted. This changes how $* will be expanded. */
8364 if (pchar
== '*' && (mflags
& MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
) && expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& ifs_is_null
)
8365 qflags
|= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
; /* Posix interp 888 */
8367 ret
= string_list_pos_params (pchar
, save
, qflags
, pflags
);
8368 dispose_words (save
);
8373 /* Perform pattern substitution on VALUE, which is the expansion of
8374 VARNAME. PATSUB is an expression supplying the pattern to match
8375 and the string to substitute. QUOTED is a flags word containing
8376 the type of quoting currently in effect. */
8378 parameter_brace_patsub (varname
, value
, ind
, patsub
, quoted
, pflags
, flags
)
8379 char *varname
, *value
;
8382 int quoted
, pflags
, flags
;
8384 int vtype
, mflags
, starsub
, delim
;
8385 char *val
, *temp
, *pat
, *rep
, *p
, *lpatsub
, *tt
, *oname
;
8389 return ((char *)NULL
);
8391 oname
= this_command_name
;
8392 this_command_name
= varname
; /* error messages */
8394 vtype
= get_var_and_type (varname
, value
, ind
, quoted
, flags
, &v
, &val
);
8397 this_command_name
= oname
;
8398 return ((char *)NULL
);
8401 starsub
= vtype
& VT_STARSUB
;
8402 vtype
&= ~VT_STARSUB
;
8405 /* PATSUB is never NULL when this is called. */
8408 mflags
|= MATCH_GLOBREP
;
8412 /* Malloc this because expand_string_if_necessary or one of the expansion
8413 functions in its call chain may free it on a substitution error. */
8414 lpatsub
= savestring (patsub
);
8416 if (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
8417 mflags
|= MATCH_QUOTED
;
8420 mflags
|= MATCH_STARSUB
;
8422 if (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
)
8423 mflags
|= MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
;
8425 /* If the pattern starts with a `/', make sure we skip over it when looking
8426 for the replacement delimiter. */
8427 delim
= skip_to_delim (lpatsub
, ((*patsub
== '/') ? 1 : 0), "/", 0);
8428 if (lpatsub
[delim
] == '/')
8431 rep
= lpatsub
+ delim
+ 1;
8436 if (rep
&& *rep
== '\0')
8439 /* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the
8440 pattern removal expansions. */
8441 pat
= getpattern (lpatsub
, quoted
, 1);
8445 /* We want to perform quote removal on the expanded replacement even if
8446 the entire expansion is double-quoted because the parser and string
8447 extraction functions treated quotes in the replacement string as
8448 special. THIS IS NOT BACKWARDS COMPATIBLE WITH BASH-4.2. */
8449 if (shell_compatibility_level
> 42)
8450 rep
= expand_string_if_necessary (rep
, quoted
& ~(Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
), expand_string_unsplit
);
8451 /* This is the bash-4.2 code. */
8452 else if ((mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) == 0)
8453 rep
= expand_string_if_necessary (rep
, quoted
, expand_string_unsplit
);
8455 rep
= expand_string_to_string_internal (rep
, quoted
, expand_string_unsplit
);
8458 /* ksh93 doesn't allow the match specifier to be a part of the expanded
8459 pattern. This is an extension. Make sure we don't anchor the pattern
8460 at the beginning or end of the string if we're doing global replacement,
8463 if (mflags
& MATCH_GLOBREP
)
8464 mflags
|= MATCH_ANY
;
8465 else if (pat
&& pat
[0] == '#')
8467 mflags
|= MATCH_BEG
;
8470 else if (pat
&& pat
[0] == '%')
8472 mflags
|= MATCH_END
;
8476 mflags
|= MATCH_ANY
;
8478 /* OK, we now want to substitute REP for PAT in VAL. If
8479 flags & MATCH_GLOBREP is non-zero, the substitution is done
8480 everywhere, otherwise only the first occurrence of PAT is
8481 replaced. The pattern matching code doesn't understand
8482 CTLESC quoting CTLESC and CTLNUL so we use the dequoted variable
8483 values passed in (VT_VARIABLE) so the pattern substitution
8484 code works right. We need to requote special chars after
8485 we're done for VT_VARIABLE and VT_ARRAYMEMBER, and for the
8486 other cases if QUOTED == 0, since the posparams and arrays
8487 indexed by * or @ do special things when QUOTED != 0. */
8492 case VT_ARRAYMEMBER
:
8493 temp
= pat_subst (val
, p
, rep
, mflags
);
8494 if (vtype
== VT_VARIABLE
)
8498 tt
= (mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) ? quote_string (temp
) : quote_escapes (temp
);
8504 /* This does the right thing for the case where we are not performing
8505 word splitting. MATCH_STARSUB restricts it to ${* /foo/bar}, and
8506 pos_params_pat_subst/string_list_pos_params will do the right thing
8507 in turn for the case where ifs_is_null. Posix interp 888 */
8508 if ((pflags
& PF_NOSPLIT2
) && (mflags
& MATCH_STARSUB
))
8509 mflags
|= MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
;
8510 temp
= pos_params_pat_subst (val
, p
, rep
, mflags
);
8511 if (temp
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
8513 /* Posix interp 888 */
8515 else if (temp
&& quoted
== 0 && (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
))
8517 /* Posix interp 888 */
8519 else if (temp
&& (mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) == 0)
8521 tt
= quote_escapes (temp
);
8526 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
8528 /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
8529 performed, treat as quoted. This changes how ${A[*]} will be
8530 expanded to make it identical to $*. */
8531 if ((mflags
& MATCH_STARSUB
) && (mflags
& MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
) && ifs_is_null
)
8532 mflags
|= MATCH_QUOTED
; /* Posix interp 888 */
8534 /* these eventually call string_list_pos_params */
8536 temp
= assoc_patsub (assoc_cell (v
), p
, rep
, mflags
);
8538 temp
= array_patsub (array_cell (v
), p
, rep
, mflags
);
8540 if (temp
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
8542 /* Posix interp 888 */
8544 else if (temp
&& (mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) == 0)
8546 tt
= quote_escapes (temp
);
8558 this_command_name
= oname
;
8563 /****************************************************************/
8565 /* Functions to perform case modification on variable values */
8567 /****************************************************************/
8569 /* Do case modification on the positional parameters. */
8572 pos_params_modcase (string
, pat
, modop
, mflags
)
8577 WORD_LIST
*save
, *params
;
8580 int pchar
, qflags
, pflags
;
8582 save
= params
= list_rest_of_args ();
8584 return ((char *)NULL
);
8586 for ( ; params
; params
= params
->next
)
8588 ret
= sh_modcase (params
->word
->word
, pat
, modop
);
8589 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
8590 w
->word
= ret
? ret
: savestring ("");
8591 dispose_word (params
->word
);
8595 pchar
= (mflags
& MATCH_STARSUB
) == MATCH_STARSUB
? '*' : '@';
8596 qflags
= (mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) == MATCH_QUOTED
? Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
: 0;
8597 pflags
= (mflags
& MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
) == MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
? PF_ASSIGNRHS
: 0;
8599 /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
8600 performed, treat as quoted. This changes how $* will be expanded. */
8601 if (pchar
== '*' && (mflags
& MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
) && ifs_is_null
)
8602 qflags
|= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
; /* Posix interp 888 */
8604 ret
= string_list_pos_params (pchar
, save
, qflags
, pflags
);
8605 dispose_words (save
);
8610 /* Perform case modification on VALUE, which is the expansion of
8611 VARNAME. MODSPEC is an expression supplying the type of modification
8612 to perform. QUOTED is a flags word containing the type of quoting
8613 currently in effect. */
8615 parameter_brace_casemod (varname
, value
, ind
, modspec
, patspec
, quoted
, pflags
, flags
)
8616 char *varname
, *value
;
8619 int quoted
, pflags
, flags
;
8621 int vtype
, starsub
, modop
, mflags
, x
;
8622 char *val
, *temp
, *pat
, *p
, *lpat
, *tt
, *oname
;
8626 return ((char *)NULL
);
8628 oname
= this_command_name
;
8629 this_command_name
= varname
;
8631 vtype
= get_var_and_type (varname
, value
, ind
, quoted
, flags
, &v
, &val
);
8634 this_command_name
= oname
;
8635 return ((char *)NULL
);
8638 starsub
= vtype
& VT_STARSUB
;
8639 vtype
&= ~VT_STARSUB
;
8643 if (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
8644 mflags
|= MATCH_QUOTED
;
8646 mflags
|= MATCH_STARSUB
;
8647 if (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
)
8648 mflags
|= MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
;
8653 x
= p
&& p
[0] == modspec
;
8654 modop
= x
? CASE_UPPER
: CASE_UPFIRST
;
8657 else if (modspec
== ',')
8659 x
= p
&& p
[0] == modspec
;
8660 modop
= x
? CASE_LOWER
: CASE_LOWFIRST
;
8663 else if (modspec
== '~')
8665 x
= p
&& p
[0] == modspec
;
8666 modop
= x
? CASE_TOGGLEALL
: CASE_TOGGLE
;
8670 lpat
= p
? savestring (p
) : 0;
8671 /* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the
8672 pattern removal expansions. */
8673 pat
= lpat
? getpattern (lpat
, quoted
, 1) : 0;
8675 /* OK, now we do the case modification. */
8679 case VT_ARRAYMEMBER
:
8680 temp
= sh_modcase (val
, pat
, modop
);
8681 if (vtype
== VT_VARIABLE
)
8685 tt
= (mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) ? quote_string (temp
) : quote_escapes (temp
);
8692 temp
= pos_params_modcase (val
, pat
, modop
, mflags
);
8693 if (temp
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
8695 /* Posix interp 888 */
8697 else if (temp
&& (mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) == 0)
8699 tt
= quote_escapes (temp
);
8705 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
8707 /* If we are expanding in a context where word splitting will not be
8708 performed, treat as quoted. This changes how ${A[*]} will be
8709 expanded to make it identical to $*. */
8710 if ((mflags
& MATCH_STARSUB
) && (mflags
& MATCH_ASSIGNRHS
) && ifs_is_null
)
8711 mflags
|= MATCH_QUOTED
; /* Posix interp 888 */
8713 temp
= assoc_p (v
) ? assoc_modcase (assoc_cell (v
), pat
, modop
, mflags
)
8714 : array_modcase (array_cell (v
), pat
, modop
, mflags
);
8716 if (temp
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
8718 /* Posix interp 888 */
8720 else if (temp
&& (mflags
& MATCH_QUOTED
) == 0)
8722 tt
= quote_escapes (temp
);
8734 this_command_name
= oname
;
8739 /* Check for unbalanced parens in S, which is the contents of $(( ... )). If
8740 any occur, this must be a nested command substitution, so return 0.
8741 Otherwise, return 1. A valid arithmetic expression must always have a
8742 ( before a matching ), so any cases where there are more right parens
8743 means that this must not be an arithmetic expression, though the parser
8744 will not accept it without a balanced total number of parens. */
8746 chk_arithsub (s
, len
)
8758 else if (s
[i
] == RPAREN
)
8768 ADVANCE_CHAR (s
, len
, i
);
8774 ADVANCE_CHAR (s
, len
, i
);
8778 i
= skip_single_quoted (s
, len
, ++i
, 0);
8782 i
= skip_double_quoted ((char *)s
, len
, ++i
, 0);
8787 return (count
== 0);
8790 /****************************************************************/
8792 /* Functions to perform parameter expansion on a string */
8794 /****************************************************************/
8796 /* ${[#][!]name[[:][^[^]][,[,]]#[#]%[%]-=?+[word][:e1[:e2]]]} */
8798 parameter_brace_expand (string
, indexp
, quoted
, pflags
, quoted_dollar_atp
, contains_dollar_at
)
8800 int *indexp
, quoted
, pflags
, *quoted_dollar_atp
, *contains_dollar_at
;
8802 int check_nullness
, var_is_set
, var_is_null
, var_is_special
;
8803 int want_substring
, want_indir
, want_patsub
, want_casemod
, want_attributes
;
8804 char *name
, *value
, *temp
, *temp1
;
8805 WORD_DESC
*tdesc
, *ret
;
8806 int t_index
, sindex
, c
, tflag
, modspec
, local_pflags
, all_element_arrayref
;
8810 temp
= temp1
= value
= (char *)NULL
;
8811 var_is_set
= var_is_null
= var_is_special
= check_nullness
= 0;
8812 want_substring
= want_indir
= want_patsub
= want_casemod
= want_attributes
= 0;
8815 all_element_arrayref
= 0;
8819 /* ${#var} doesn't have any of the other parameter expansions on it. */
8820 if (string
[t_index
] == '#' && legal_variable_starter (string
[t_index
+1])) /* {{ */
8821 name
= string_extract (string
, &t_index
, "}", SX_VARNAME
);
8823 #if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
8824 /* To enable case-toggling expansions using the `~' operator character
8825 define CASEMOD_TOGGLECASE in config-top.h */
8826 # if defined (CASEMOD_TOGGLECASE)
8827 name
= string_extract (string
, &t_index
, "#%^,~:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME
);
8829 name
= string_extract (string
, &t_index
, "#%^,:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME
);
8830 # endif /* CASEMOD_TOGGLECASE */
8832 name
= string_extract (string
, &t_index
, "#%:-=?+/@}", SX_VARNAME
);
8833 #endif /* CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS */
8835 /* Handle ${@[stuff]} now that @ is a word expansion operator. Not exactly
8836 the cleanest code ever. */
8837 if (*name
== 0 && sindex
== t_index
&& string
[sindex
] == '@')
8839 name
= (char *)xrealloc (name
, 2);
8844 else if (*name
== '!' && t_index
> sindex
&& string
[t_index
] == '@' && string
[t_index
+1] == RBRACE
)
8846 name
= (char *)xrealloc (name
, t_index
- sindex
+ 2);
8847 name
[t_index
- sindex
] = '@';
8848 name
[t_index
- sindex
+ 1] = '\0';
8857 /* If the name really consists of a special variable, then make sure
8858 that we have the entire name. We don't allow indirect references
8859 to special variables except `#', `?', `@' and `*'. This clause is
8860 designed to handle ${#SPECIAL} and ${!SPECIAL}, not anything more
8862 if ((sindex
== t_index
&& VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (string
[t_index
])) ||
8863 (sindex
== t_index
&& string
[sindex
] == '#' && VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (string
[sindex
+ 1])) ||
8864 (sindex
== t_index
- 1 && string
[sindex
] == '!' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (string
[t_index
])))
8867 temp1
= string_extract (string
, &t_index
, "#%:-=?+/@}", 0);
8868 name
= (char *)xrealloc (name
, 3 + (strlen (temp1
)));
8869 *name
= string
[sindex
];
8870 if (string
[sindex
] == '!')
8872 /* indirect reference of $#, $?, $@, or $* */
8873 name
[1] = string
[sindex
+ 1];
8874 strcpy (name
+ 2, temp1
);
8877 strcpy (name
+ 1, temp1
);
8882 /* Find out what character ended the variable name. Then
8883 do the appropriate thing. */
8884 if (c
= string
[sindex
])
8887 /* If c is followed by one of the valid parameter expansion
8888 characters, move past it as normal. If not, assume that
8889 a substring specification is being given, and do not move
8891 if (c
== ':' && VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR (string
[sindex
]))
8894 if (c
= string
[sindex
])
8897 else if (c
== ':' && string
[sindex
] != RBRACE
)
8899 else if (c
== '/' /* && string[sindex] != RBRACE */) /* XXX */
8901 #if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
8902 else if (c
== '^' || c
== ',' || c
== '~')
8908 else if (c
== '@' && (string
[sindex
] == 'a' || string
[sindex
] == 'A') && string
[sindex
+1] == RBRACE
)
8910 /* special case because we do not want to shortcut foo as foo[0] here */
8911 want_attributes
= 1;
8912 local_pflags
|= PF_ALLINDS
;
8915 /* Catch the valid and invalid brace expressions that made it through the
8917 /* ${#-} is a valid expansion and means to take the length of $-.
8918 Similarly for ${#?} and ${##}... */
8919 if (name
[0] == '#' && name
[1] == '\0' && check_nullness
== 0 &&
8920 VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (c
) && string
[sindex
] == RBRACE
)
8922 name
= (char *)xrealloc (name
, 3);
8925 c
= string
[sindex
++];
8928 /* ...but ${#%}, ${#:}, ${#=}, ${#+}, and ${#/} are errors. */
8929 if (name
[0] == '#' && name
[1] == '\0' && check_nullness
== 0 &&
8930 member (c
, "%:=+/") && string
[sindex
] == RBRACE
)
8932 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
8933 goto bad_substitution
; /* XXX - substitution error */
8936 /* Indirect expansion begins with a `!'. A valid indirect expansion is
8937 either a variable name, one of the positional parameters or a special
8938 variable that expands to one of the positional parameters. */
8939 want_indir
= *name
== '!' &&
8940 (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)name
[1]) || DIGIT (name
[1])
8941 || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name
[1]));
8943 /* Determine the value of this variable whose name is NAME. */
8945 /* Check for special variables, directly referenced. */
8946 if (SPECIAL_VAR (name
, want_indir
))
8949 /* Check for special expansion things, like the length of a parameter */
8950 if (*name
== '#' && name
[1])
8952 /* If we are not pointing at the character just after the
8953 closing brace, then we haven't gotten all of the name.
8954 Since it begins with a special character, this is a bad
8955 substitution. Also check NAME for validity before trying
8957 if (string
[sindex
- 1] != RBRACE
|| (valid_length_expression (name
) == 0))
8959 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
8960 goto bad_substitution
; /* substitution error */
8963 number
= parameter_brace_expand_length (name
);
8964 if (number
== INTMAX_MIN
&& unbound_vars_is_error
)
8966 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
8967 err_unboundvar (name
+1);
8969 return (interactive_shell
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
8975 return (&expand_wdesc_error
);
8978 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
8979 ret
->word
= itos (number
);
8984 /* ${@} is identical to $@. */
8985 if (name
[0] == '@' && name
[1] == '\0')
8987 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && quoted_dollar_atp
)
8988 *quoted_dollar_atp
= 1;
8990 if (contains_dollar_at
)
8991 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
8993 tflag
|= W_DOLLARAT
;
8996 /* Process ${!PREFIX*} expansion. */
8997 if (want_indir
&& string
[sindex
- 1] == RBRACE
&&
8998 (string
[sindex
- 2] == '*' || string
[sindex
- 2] == '@') &&
8999 legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char) name
[1]))
9004 temp1
= savestring (name
+ 1);
9005 number
= strlen (temp1
);
9006 temp1
[number
- 1] = '\0';
9007 x
= all_variables_matching_prefix (temp1
);
9008 xlist
= strvec_to_word_list (x
, 0, 0);
9009 if (string
[sindex
- 2] == '*')
9010 temp
= string_list_dollar_star (xlist
, quoted
, 0);
9013 temp
= string_list_dollar_at (xlist
, quoted
, 0);
9014 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && quoted_dollar_atp
)
9015 *quoted_dollar_atp
= 1;
9016 if (contains_dollar_at
)
9017 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
9019 tflag
|= W_DOLLARAT
;
9022 dispose_words (xlist
);
9028 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9030 ret
->flags
= tflag
; /* XXX */
9034 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
9035 /* Process ${!ARRAY[@]} and ${!ARRAY[*]} expansion. */
9036 if (want_indir
&& string
[sindex
- 1] == RBRACE
&&
9037 string
[sindex
- 2] == RBRACK
&& valid_array_reference (name
+1, 0))
9041 temp1
= savestring (name
+ 1);
9042 x
= array_variable_name (temp1
, 0, &x1
, (int *)0);
9044 if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (x1
[0]) && x1
[1] == RBRACK
)
9046 temp
= array_keys (temp1
, quoted
, pflags
); /* handles assoc vars too */
9049 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && quoted_dollar_atp
)
9050 *quoted_dollar_atp
= 1;
9051 if (contains_dollar_at
)
9052 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
9054 tflag
|= W_DOLLARAT
;
9061 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9063 ret
->flags
= tflag
; /* XXX */
9069 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
9071 /* Make sure that NAME is valid before trying to go on. */
9072 if (valid_brace_expansion_word (want_indir
? name
+ 1 : name
,
9073 var_is_special
) == 0)
9075 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9076 goto bad_substitution
; /* substitution error */
9081 tdesc
= parameter_brace_expand_indir (name
+ 1, var_is_special
, quoted
, pflags
|local_pflags
, quoted_dollar_atp
, contains_dollar_at
);
9082 if (tdesc
== &expand_wdesc_error
|| tdesc
== &expand_wdesc_fatal
)
9084 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9085 goto bad_substitution
;
9088 /* Turn off the W_ARRAYIND flag because there is no way for this function
9089 to return the index we're supposed to be using. */
9090 if (tdesc
&& tdesc
->flags
)
9091 tdesc
->flags
&= ~W_ARRAYIND
;
9095 local_pflags
|= PF_IGNUNBOUND
|(pflags
&(PF_NOSPLIT2
|PF_ASSIGNRHS
));
9096 tdesc
= parameter_brace_expand_word (name
, var_is_special
, quoted
, local_pflags
, &ind
);
9099 if (tdesc
== &expand_wdesc_error
|| tdesc
== &expand_wdesc_fatal
)
9108 tflag
= tdesc
->flags
;
9109 dispose_word_desc (tdesc
);
9114 if (temp
== &expand_param_error
|| temp
== &expand_param_fatal
)
9118 return (temp
== &expand_param_error
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9121 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
9122 if (valid_array_reference (name
, 0))
9128 /* If in a context where word splitting will not take place, treat as
9129 if double-quoted. Has effects with $* and ${array[*]} */
9131 if (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
)
9132 qflags
|= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
;
9133 /* We duplicate a little code here */
9134 t
= mbschr (name
, LBRACK
);
9135 if (t
&& ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t
[1]) && t
[2] == RBRACK
)
9137 all_element_arrayref
= 1;
9138 if (expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& t
[1] == '*') /* XXX */
9139 qflags
|= Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
;
9141 chk_atstar (name
, qflags
, pflags
, quoted_dollar_atp
, contains_dollar_at
);
9145 var_is_set
= temp
!= (char *)0;
9146 var_is_null
= check_nullness
&& (var_is_set
== 0 || *temp
== 0);
9147 /* XXX - this may not need to be restricted to special variables */
9149 var_is_null
|= var_is_set
&& var_is_special
&& (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && QUOTED_NULL (temp
);
9150 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
9152 var_is_null
|= var_is_set
&&
9153 (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) &&
9154 QUOTED_NULL (temp
) &&
9155 valid_array_reference (name
, 0) &&
9156 chk_atstar (name
, 0, 0, (int *)0, (int *)0);
9159 /* Get the rest of the stuff inside the braces. */
9160 if (c
&& c
!= RBRACE
)
9162 /* Extract the contents of the ${ ... } expansion
9163 according to the Posix.2 rules. */
9164 value
= extract_dollar_brace_string (string
, &sindex
, quoted
, (c
== '%' || c
== '#' || c
=='/' || c
== '^' || c
== ',' || c
==':') ? SX_POSIXEXP
|SX_WORD
: SX_WORD
);
9165 if (string
[sindex
] == RBRACE
)
9168 goto bad_substitution
; /* substitution error */
9171 value
= (char *)NULL
;
9175 /* All the cases where an expansion can possibly generate an unbound
9177 if (want_substring
|| want_patsub
|| want_casemod
|| c
== '@' || c
== '#' || c
== '%' || c
== RBRACE
)
9179 if (var_is_set
== 0 && unbound_vars_is_error
&& ((name
[0] != '@' && name
[0] != '*') || name
[1]) && all_element_arrayref
== 0)
9181 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9182 err_unboundvar (name
);
9186 return (interactive_shell
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9190 /* If this is a substring spec, process it and add the result. */
9193 temp1
= parameter_brace_substring (name
, temp
, ind
, value
, quoted
, pflags
, (tflag
& W_ARRAYIND
) ? AV_USEIND
: 0);
9197 if (temp1
== &expand_param_error
|| temp1
== &expand_param_fatal
)
9200 return (temp1
== &expand_param_error
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9203 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9205 /* We test quoted_dollar_atp because we want variants with double-quoted
9206 "$@" to take a different code path. In fact, we make sure at the end
9207 of expand_word_internal that we're only looking at these flags if
9208 quoted_dollar_at == 0. */
9210 (quoted_dollar_atp
== 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp
== 0) &&
9211 QUOTED_NULL (temp1
) && (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9212 ret
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
|W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
9213 else if (temp1
&& (name
[0] == '*' && name
[1] == 0) && quoted
== 0 &&
9214 (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
))
9215 ret
->flags
|= W_SPLITSPACE
; /* Posix interp 888 */
9216 /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
9217 else if (temp1
&& (name
[0] == '*' && name
[1] == 0) && quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
9218 ret
->flags
|= W_SPLITSPACE
; /* Posix interp 888 */
9223 else if (want_patsub
)
9225 temp1
= parameter_brace_patsub (name
, temp
, ind
, value
, quoted
, pflags
, (tflag
& W_ARRAYIND
) ? AV_USEIND
: 0);
9229 if (temp1
== &expand_param_error
|| temp1
== &expand_param_fatal
)
9232 return (temp1
== &expand_param_error
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9235 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9238 (quoted_dollar_atp
== 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp
== 0) &&
9239 QUOTED_NULL (temp1
) && (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9240 ret
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
|W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
9241 /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
9242 else if (temp1
&& (name
[0] == '*' && name
[1] == 0) && quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
9243 ret
->flags
|= W_SPLITSPACE
; /* Posix interp 888 */
9248 #if defined (CASEMOD_EXPANSIONS)
9249 else if (want_casemod
)
9251 temp1
= parameter_brace_casemod (name
, temp
, ind
, modspec
, value
, quoted
, pflags
, (tflag
& W_ARRAYIND
) ? AV_USEIND
: 0);
9255 if (temp1
== &expand_param_error
|| temp1
== &expand_param_fatal
)
9258 return (temp1
== &expand_param_error
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9261 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9264 (quoted_dollar_atp
== 0 || *quoted_dollar_atp
== 0) &&
9265 QUOTED_NULL (temp1
) && (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9266 ret
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
|W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
9267 /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
9268 else if (temp1
&& (name
[0] == '*' && name
[1] == 0) && quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
9269 ret
->flags
|= W_SPLITSPACE
; /* Posix interp 888 */
9276 /* Do the right thing based on which character ended the variable name. */
9282 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9283 report_error (_("%s: bad substitution"), string
? string
: "??");
9287 if (shell_compatibility_level
<= 43)
9288 return &expand_wdesc_error
;
9290 return ((posixly_correct
&& interactive_shell
== 0) ? &expand_wdesc_fatal
: &expand_wdesc_error
);
9296 temp1
= parameter_brace_transform (name
, temp
, ind
, value
, c
, quoted
, pflags
, (tflag
& W_ARRAYIND
) ? AV_USEIND
: 0);
9300 if (temp1
== &expand_param_error
|| temp1
== &expand_param_fatal
)
9303 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9304 report_error (_("%s: bad substitution"), string
? string
: "??");
9305 return (temp1
== &expand_param_error
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9308 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9310 if (temp1
&& QUOTED_NULL (temp1
) && (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9311 ret
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
|W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
9312 /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
9313 else if (temp1
&& (name
[0] == '*' && name
[1] == 0) && quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
9314 ret
->flags
|= W_SPLITSPACE
; /* Posix interp 888 */
9319 case '#': /* ${param#[#]pattern} */
9320 case '%': /* ${param%[%]pattern} */
9321 if (value
== 0 || *value
== '\0' || temp
== 0 || *temp
== '\0')
9326 temp1
= parameter_brace_remove_pattern (name
, temp
, ind
, value
, c
, quoted
, (tflag
& W_ARRAYIND
) ? AV_USEIND
: 0);
9330 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9332 if (temp1
&& QUOTED_NULL (temp1
) && (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9333 ret
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
|W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
9334 /* Special handling for $* when unquoted and $IFS is null. Posix interp 888 */
9335 else if (temp1
&& (name
[0] == '*' && name
[1] == 0) && quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
9336 ret
->flags
|= W_SPLITSPACE
; /* Posix interp 888 */
9345 if (var_is_set
&& var_is_null
== 0)
9347 /* If the operator is `+', we don't want the value of the named
9348 variable for anything, just the value of the right hand side. */
9351 /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@",
9352 we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" --
9353 we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */
9354 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && quoted_dollar_atp
)
9355 *quoted_dollar_atp
= 0;
9356 if (contains_dollar_at
)
9357 *contains_dollar_at
= 0;
9362 /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list. Issue 221
9363 requires that backslashes escaping `}' inside
9364 double-quoted ${...} be removed. */
9365 if (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
9366 quoted
|= Q_DOLBRACE
;
9367 ret
= parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name
, value
, c
,
9371 contains_dollar_at
);
9372 /* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of
9373 W_HASQUOTEDNULL in ret->flags */
9377 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9383 /* Otherwise do nothing; just use the value in TEMP. */
9385 else /* VAR not set or VAR is NULL. */
9388 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9389 if (c
== '=' && var_is_special
)
9391 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9392 report_error (_("$%s: cannot assign in this way"), name
);
9395 return &expand_wdesc_error
;
9399 parameter_brace_expand_error (name
, value
, check_nullness
);
9400 return (interactive_shell
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9404 /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@",
9405 we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" --
9406 we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */
9407 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && quoted_dollar_atp
)
9408 *quoted_dollar_atp
= 0;
9409 if (contains_dollar_at
)
9410 *contains_dollar_at
= 0;
9412 /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list. Issue 221 requires
9413 that backslashes escaping `}' inside double-quoted ${...} be
9415 if (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
9416 quoted
|= Q_DOLBRACE
;
9417 ret
= parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name
, value
, c
, quoted
, pflags
,
9419 contains_dollar_at
);
9420 /* XXX - fix up later, esp. noting presence of
9421 W_HASQUOTEDNULL in tdesc->flags */
9432 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9439 /* Expand a single ${xxx} expansion. The braces are optional. When
9440 the braces are used, parameter_brace_expand() does the work,
9441 possibly calling param_expand recursively. */
9443 param_expand (string
, sindex
, quoted
, expanded_something
,
9444 contains_dollar_at
, quoted_dollar_at_p
, had_quoted_null_p
,
9447 int *sindex
, quoted
, *expanded_something
, *contains_dollar_at
;
9448 int *quoted_dollar_at_p
, *had_quoted_null_p
, pflags
;
9450 char *temp
, *temp1
, uerror
[3], *savecmd
;
9451 int zindex
, t_index
, expok
;
9455 WORD_LIST
*list
, *l
;
9456 WORD_DESC
*tdesc
, *ret
;
9459 /*itrace("param_expand: `%s' pflags = %d", string+*sindex, pflags);*/
9461 c
= string
[++zindex
];
9463 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9464 ret
= tdesc
= (WORD_DESC
*)NULL
;
9467 /* Do simple cases first. Switch on what follows '$'. */
9481 temp1
= dollar_vars
[TODIGIT (c
)];
9482 /* This doesn't get called when (pflags&PF_IGNUNBOUND) != 0 */
9483 if (unbound_vars_is_error
&& temp1
== (char *)NULL
)
9488 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9489 err_unboundvar (uerror
);
9490 return (interactive_shell
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9493 temp
= (*temp1
&& (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9494 ? quote_string (temp1
)
9495 : quote_escapes (temp1
);
9497 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9501 /* $$ -- pid of the invoking shell. */
9503 temp
= itos (dollar_dollar_pid
);
9506 /* $# -- number of positional parameters. */
9508 temp
= itos (number_of_args ());
9511 /* $? -- return value of the last synchronous command. */
9513 temp
= itos (last_command_exit_value
);
9516 /* $- -- flags supplied to the shell on invocation or by `set'. */
9518 temp
= which_set_flags ();
9521 /* $! -- Pid of the last asynchronous command. */
9523 /* If no asynchronous pids have been created, expand to nothing.
9524 If `set -u' has been executed, and no async processes have
9525 been created, this is an expansion error. */
9526 if (last_asynchronous_pid
== NO_PID
)
9528 if (expanded_something
)
9529 *expanded_something
= 0;
9530 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9531 if (unbound_vars_is_error
&& (pflags
& PF_IGNUNBOUND
) == 0)
9536 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9537 err_unboundvar (uerror
);
9538 return (interactive_shell
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9542 temp
= itos (last_asynchronous_pid
);
9545 /* The only difference between this and $@ is when the arg is quoted. */
9546 case '*': /* `$*' */
9547 list
= list_rest_of_args ();
9550 /* According to austin-group posix proposal by Geoff Clare in
9551 <20090505091501.GA10097@squonk.masqnet> of 5 May 2009:
9553 "The shell shall write a message to standard error and
9554 immediately exit when it tries to expand an unset parameter
9555 other than the '@' and '*' special parameters."
9558 if (list
== 0 && unbound_vars_is_error
&& (pflags
& PF_IGNUNBOUND
) == 0)
9563 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9564 err_unboundvar (uerror
);
9565 return (interactive_shell
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9569 /* If there are no command-line arguments, this should just
9570 disappear if there are other characters in the expansion,
9571 even if it's quoted. */
9572 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && list
== 0)
9573 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9574 else if (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_PATQUOTE
))
9576 /* If we have "$*" we want to make a string of the positional
9577 parameters, separated by the first character of $IFS, and
9578 quote the whole string, including the separators. If IFS
9579 is unset, the parameters are separated by ' '; if $IFS is
9580 null, the parameters are concatenated. */
9581 temp
= (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_PATQUOTE
)) ? string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, 0) : string_list (list
);
9584 temp1
= (quoted
& Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
) ? quote_string (temp
) : temp
;
9586 tflag
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
9594 /* We check whether or not we're eventually going to split $* here,
9595 for example when IFS is empty and we are processing the rhs of
9596 an assignment statement. In that case, we don't separate the
9597 arguments at all. Otherwise, if the $* is not quoted it is
9599 if (expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_set
== 0 && (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
))
9601 /* Posix interp 888: RHS of assignment, IFS unset: no splitting,
9602 separate with space */
9603 temp1
= string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, pflags
);
9604 temp
= temp1
? quote_string (temp1
) : temp1
;
9605 /* XXX - tentative - note that we saw a quoted null here */
9606 if (temp1
&& *temp1
== 0 && QUOTED_NULL (temp
))
9607 tflag
|= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
;
9610 else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
&& (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
))
9612 /* Posix interp 888: RHS of assignment, IFS set to '' */
9613 temp1
= string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, pflags
);
9614 temp
= temp1
? quote_escapes (temp1
) : temp1
;
9617 else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_set
&& ifs_is_null
== 0 && (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
))
9619 /* Posix interp 888: RHS of assignment, IFS set to non-null value */
9620 temp1
= string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, pflags
);
9621 temp
= temp1
? quote_string (temp1
) : temp1
;
9623 /* XXX - tentative - note that we saw a quoted null here */
9624 if (temp1
&& *temp1
== 0 && QUOTED_NULL (temp
))
9625 tflag
|= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
;
9628 /* XXX - should we check ifs_is_set here as well? */
9629 # if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
9630 else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& ifs_firstc
[0] == 0)
9632 else if (expand_no_split_dollar_star
&& ifs_firstc
== 0)
9634 /* Posix interp 888: not RHS, no splitting, IFS set to '' */
9635 temp
= string_list_dollar_star (list
, quoted
, 0);
9638 temp
= string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, 0);
9639 /* Set W_SPLITSPACE to make sure the individual positional
9640 parameters are split into separate arguments */
9642 if (quoted
== 0 && (ifs_is_set
== 0 || ifs_is_null
))
9643 #else /* change with bash-5.0 */
9644 if (quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_null
)
9646 tflag
|= W_SPLITSPACE
;
9647 /* If we're not quoted but we still don't want word splitting, make
9648 we quote the IFS characters to protect them from splitting (e.g.,
9649 when $@ is in the string as well). */
9650 else if (temp
&& quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_set
&& (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
))
9652 temp1
= quote_string (temp
);
9658 if (expand_no_split_dollar_star
== 0 && contains_dollar_at
)
9659 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
9662 dispose_words (list
);
9665 /* When we have "$@" what we want is "$1" "$2" "$3" ... This
9666 means that we have to turn quoting off after we split into
9667 the individually quoted arguments so that the final split
9668 on the first character of $IFS is still done. */
9669 case '@': /* `$@' */
9670 list
= list_rest_of_args ();
9673 /* According to austin-group posix proposal by Geoff Clare in
9674 <20090505091501.GA10097@squonk.masqnet> of 5 May 2009:
9676 "The shell shall write a message to standard error and
9677 immediately exit when it tries to expand an unset parameter
9678 other than the '@' and '*' special parameters."
9681 if (list
== 0 && unbound_vars_is_error
&& (pflags
& PF_IGNUNBOUND
) == 0)
9686 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9687 err_unboundvar (uerror
);
9688 return (interactive_shell
? &expand_wdesc_error
: &expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9692 for (nullarg
= 0, l
= list
; l
; l
= l
->next
)
9694 if (l
->word
&& (l
->word
->word
== 0 || l
->word
->word
[0] == 0))
9698 /* We want to flag the fact that we saw this. We can't turn
9699 off quoting entirely, because other characters in the
9700 string might need it (consider "\"$@\""), but we need some
9701 way to signal that the final split on the first character
9702 of $IFS should be done, even though QUOTED is 1. */
9703 /* XXX - should this test include Q_PATQUOTE? */
9704 if (quoted_dollar_at_p
&& (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9705 *quoted_dollar_at_p
= 1;
9706 if (contains_dollar_at
)
9707 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
9709 /* We want to separate the positional parameters with the first
9710 character of $IFS in case $IFS is something other than a space.
9711 We also want to make sure that splitting is done no matter what --
9712 according to POSIX.2, this expands to a list of the positional
9713 parameters no matter what IFS is set to. */
9714 /* XXX - what to do when in a context where word splitting is not
9715 performed? Even when IFS is not the default, posix seems to imply
9716 that we have to expand $@ to all the positional parameters and
9717 separate them with spaces, which are preserved because word splitting
9718 doesn't take place. See below for how we use PF_NOSPLIT2 here. */
9720 /* These are the cases where word splitting will not be performed. */
9721 if (pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
)
9723 temp
= string_list_dollar_at (list
, (quoted
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
), pflags
);
9725 tflag
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
; /* we know quoting produces quoted nulls */
9728 /* This needs to match what expand_word_internal does with non-quoted $@
9729 does with separating with spaces. Passing Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES means that
9730 the characters in LIST will be quoted, and PF_ASSIGNRHS ensures that
9731 they will separated by spaces. After doing this, we need the special
9732 handling for PF_NOSPLIT2 in expand_word_internal to remove the CTLESC
9734 else if (pflags
& PF_NOSPLIT2
)
9736 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
9737 if (quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_set
&& ifs_is_null
== 0 && ifs_firstc
[0] != ' ')
9739 if (quoted
== 0 && ifs_is_set
&& ifs_is_null
== 0 && ifs_firstc
!= ' ')
9741 /* Posix interp 888 */
9742 temp
= string_list_dollar_at (list
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, pflags
);
9744 temp
= string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, pflags
);
9747 temp
= string_list_dollar_at (list
, quoted
, pflags
);
9749 tflag
|= W_DOLLARAT
;
9750 dispose_words (list
);
9754 tdesc
= parameter_brace_expand (string
, &zindex
, quoted
, pflags
,
9756 contains_dollar_at
);
9758 if (tdesc
== &expand_wdesc_error
|| tdesc
== &expand_wdesc_fatal
)
9760 temp
= tdesc
? tdesc
->word
: (char *)0;
9763 /* Quoted nulls should be removed if there is anything else
9765 /* Note that we saw the quoted null so we can add one back at
9766 the end of this function if there are no other characters
9767 in the string, discard TEMP, and go on. The exception to
9768 this is when we have "${@}" and $1 is '', since $@ needs
9769 special handling. */
9770 if (tdesc
&& tdesc
->word
&& (tdesc
->flags
& W_HASQUOTEDNULL
) && QUOTED_NULL (temp
))
9772 if (had_quoted_null_p
)
9773 *had_quoted_null_p
= 1;
9774 if (*quoted_dollar_at_p
== 0)
9777 tdesc
->word
= temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9785 /* Do command or arithmetic substitution. */
9787 /* We have to extract the contents of this paren substitution. */
9788 t_index
= zindex
+ 1;
9789 /* XXX - might want to check for string[t_index+2] == LPAREN and parse
9790 as arithmetic substitution immediately. */
9791 temp
= extract_command_subst (string
, &t_index
, (pflags
&PF_COMPLETE
) ? SX_COMPLETE
: 0);
9794 /* For Posix.2-style `$(( ))' arithmetic substitution,
9795 extract the expression and pass it to the evaluator. */
9796 if (temp
&& *temp
== LPAREN
)
9800 temp2
= savestring (temp1
);
9801 t_index
= strlen (temp2
) - 1;
9803 if (temp2
[t_index
] != RPAREN
)
9809 /* Cut off ending `)' */
9810 temp2
[t_index
] = '\0';
9812 if (chk_arithsub (temp2
, t_index
) == 0)
9816 internal_warning (_("future versions of the shell will force evaluation as an arithmetic substitution"));
9821 /* Expand variables found inside the expression. */
9822 temp1
= expand_arith_string (temp2
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_ARITH
);
9826 /* No error messages. */
9827 savecmd
= this_command_name
;
9828 this_command_name
= (char *)NULL
;
9829 number
= evalexp (temp1
, EXP_EXPANDED
, &expok
);
9830 this_command_name
= savecmd
;
9835 if (interactive_shell
== 0 && posixly_correct
)
9837 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9838 return (&expand_wdesc_fatal
);
9841 return (&expand_wdesc_error
);
9843 temp
= itos (number
);
9848 if (pflags
& PF_NOCOMSUB
)
9849 /* we need zindex+1 because string[zindex] == RPAREN */
9850 temp1
= substring (string
, *sindex
, zindex
+1);
9853 tdesc
= command_substitute (temp
, quoted
, pflags
&PF_ASSIGNRHS
);
9854 temp1
= tdesc
? tdesc
->word
: (char *)NULL
;
9856 dispose_word_desc (tdesc
);
9862 /* Do POSIX.2d9-style arithmetic substitution. This will probably go
9863 away in a future bash release. */
9865 /* Extract the contents of this arithmetic substitution. */
9866 t_index
= zindex
+ 1;
9867 temp
= extract_arithmetic_subst (string
, &t_index
);
9871 temp
= savestring (string
);
9872 if (expanded_something
)
9873 *expanded_something
= 0;
9877 /* Do initial variable expansion. */
9878 temp1
= expand_arith_string (temp
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_ARITH
);
9883 /* Find the variable in VARIABLE_LIST. */
9884 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9886 for (t_index
= zindex
; (c
= string
[zindex
]) && legal_variable_char (c
); zindex
++)
9888 temp1
= (zindex
> t_index
) ? substring (string
, t_index
, zindex
) : (char *)NULL
;
9890 /* If this isn't a variable name, then just output the `$'. */
9891 if (temp1
== 0 || *temp1
== '\0')
9894 temp
= (char *)xmalloc (2);
9897 if (expanded_something
)
9898 *expanded_something
= 0;
9902 /* If the variable exists, return its value cell. */
9903 var
= find_variable (temp1
);
9905 if (var
&& invisible_p (var
) == 0 && var_isset (var
))
9907 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
9908 if (assoc_p (var
) || array_p (var
))
9910 temp
= array_p (var
) ? array_reference (array_cell (var
), 0)
9911 : assoc_reference (assoc_cell (var
), "0");
9913 temp
= (*temp
&& (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9914 ? quote_string (temp
)
9915 : quote_escapes (temp
);
9916 else if (unbound_vars_is_error
)
9917 goto unbound_variable
;
9922 temp
= value_cell (var
);
9924 temp
= (*temp
&& (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)))
9925 ? quote_string (temp
)
9926 : ((pflags
& PF_ASSIGNRHS
) ? quote_rhs (temp
)
9927 : quote_escapes (temp
));
9934 else if (var
&& (invisible_p (var
) || var_isset (var
) == 0))
9935 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9936 else if ((var
= find_variable_last_nameref (temp1
, 0)) && var_isset (var
) && invisible_p (var
) == 0)
9938 temp
= nameref_cell (var
);
9939 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
9940 if (temp
&& *temp
&& valid_array_reference (temp
, 0))
9942 tdesc
= parameter_brace_expand_word (temp
, SPECIAL_VAR (temp
, 0), quoted
, pflags
, (arrayind_t
*)NULL
);
9943 if (tdesc
== &expand_wdesc_error
|| tdesc
== &expand_wdesc_fatal
)
9950 /* y=2 ; typeset -n x=y; echo $x is not the same as echo $2 in ksh */
9951 if (temp
&& *temp
&& legal_identifier (temp
) == 0)
9953 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9954 report_error (_("%s: invalid variable name for name reference"), temp
);
9955 return (&expand_wdesc_error
); /* XXX */
9958 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9961 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
9964 if (unbound_vars_is_error
)
9966 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9967 err_unboundvar (temp1
);
9976 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
9977 return ((unbound_vars_is_error
&& interactive_shell
== 0)
9978 ? &expand_wdesc_fatal
9979 : &expand_wdesc_error
);
9990 ret
= alloc_word_desc ();
9991 ret
->flags
= tflag
; /* XXX */
9998 invalidate_cached_quoted_dollar_at ()
10000 dispose_words (cached_quoted_dollar_at
);
10001 cached_quoted_dollar_at
= 0;
10004 /* Make a word list which is the result of parameter and variable
10005 expansion, command substitution, arithmetic substitution, and
10006 quote removal of WORD. Return a pointer to a WORD_LIST which is
10007 the result of the expansion. If WORD contains a null word, the
10008 word list returned is also null.
10010 QUOTED contains flag values defined in shell.h.
10012 ISEXP is used to tell expand_word_internal that the word should be
10013 treated as the result of an expansion. This has implications for
10014 how IFS characters in the word are treated.
10016 CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT and EXPANDED_SOMETHING are return values; when non-null
10017 they point to an integer value which receives information about expansion.
10018 CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT gets non-zero if WORD contained "$@", else zero.
10019 EXPANDED_SOMETHING get non-zero if WORD contained any parameter expansions,
10022 This only does word splitting in the case of $@ expansion. In that
10023 case, we split on ' '. */
10025 /* Values for the local variable quoted_state. */
10027 #define PARTIALLY_QUOTED 1
10028 #define WHOLLY_QUOTED 2
10031 expand_word_internal (word
, quoted
, isexp
, contains_dollar_at
, expanded_something
)
10034 int *contains_dollar_at
;
10035 int *expanded_something
;
10040 /* The intermediate string that we build while expanding. */
10043 /* The current size of the above object. */
10044 size_t istring_size
;
10046 /* Index into ISTRING. */
10049 /* Temporary string storage. */
10050 char *temp
, *temp1
;
10052 /* The text of WORD. */
10053 register char *string
;
10055 /* The size of STRING. */
10056 size_t string_size
;
10058 /* The index into STRING. */
10061 /* This gets 1 if we see a $@ while quoted. */
10062 int quoted_dollar_at
;
10064 /* One of UNQUOTED, PARTIALLY_QUOTED, or WHOLLY_QUOTED, depending on
10065 whether WORD contains no quoting characters, a partially quoted
10066 string (e.g., "xx"ab), or is fully quoted (e.g., "xxab"). */
10070 int had_quoted_null
;
10071 int has_quoted_ifs
; /* did we add a quoted $IFS character here? */
10072 int has_dollar_at
, temp_has_dollar_at
;
10073 int split_on_spaces
;
10074 int local_expanded
;
10076 int pflags
; /* flags passed to param_expand */
10079 int assignoff
; /* If assignment, offset of `=' */
10081 register unsigned char c
; /* Current character. */
10082 int t_index
; /* For calls to string_extract_xxx. */
10088 /* OK, let's see if we can optimize a common idiom: "$@" */
10089 if (STREQ (word
->word
, "\"$@\"") &&
10090 (word
->flags
== (W_HASDOLLAR
|W_QUOTED
)) &&
10091 dollar_vars
[1]) /* XXX - check IFS here as well? */
10093 if (contains_dollar_at
)
10094 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
10095 if (expanded_something
)
10096 *expanded_something
= 1;
10097 if (cached_quoted_dollar_at
)
10098 return (copy_word_list (cached_quoted_dollar_at
));
10099 list
= list_rest_of_args ();
10100 list
= quote_list (list
);
10101 cached_quoted_dollar_at
= copy_word_list (list
);
10105 istring
= (char *)xmalloc (istring_size
= DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE
);
10106 istring
[istring_index
= 0] = '\0';
10107 quoted_dollar_at
= had_quoted_null
= has_dollar_at
= 0;
10108 has_quoted_ifs
= 0;
10109 split_on_spaces
= 0;
10110 quoted_state
= UNQUOTED
;
10112 string
= word
->word
;
10114 goto finished_with_string
;
10115 mb_cur_max
= MB_CUR_MAX
;
10117 /* Don't need the string length for the SADD... and COPY_ macros unless
10118 multibyte characters are possible, but do need it for bounds checking. */
10119 string_size
= (mb_cur_max
> 1) ? strlen (string
) : 1;
10121 if (contains_dollar_at
)
10122 *contains_dollar_at
= 0;
10126 /* Begin the expansion. */
10128 for (sindex
= 0; ;)
10130 c
= string
[sindex
];
10132 /* Case on top-level character. */
10136 goto finished_with_string
;
10140 #if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
10141 if (mb_cur_max
> 1 && string
[sindex
])
10143 SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp
, string
, sindex
, string_size
);
10148 temp
= (char *)xmalloc (3);
10150 temp
[1] = c
= string
[sindex
];
10155 if (string
[sindex
])
10161 istring
= sub_append_string (temp
, istring
, &istring_index
, &istring_size
);
10167 #if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
10168 /* Process substitution. */
10172 /* XXX - technically this should only be expanded at the start
10174 if (string
[++sindex
] != LPAREN
|| (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) || (word
->flags
& (W_DQUOTE
|W_NOPROCSUB
)))
10176 sindex
--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
10177 goto add_character
;
10180 t_index
= sindex
+ 1; /* skip past both '<' and LPAREN */
10182 temp1
= extract_process_subst (string
, (c
== '<') ? "<(" : ">(", &t_index
, 0); /*))*/
10185 /* If the process substitution specification is `<()', we want to
10186 open the pipe for writing in the child and produce output; if
10187 it is `>()', we want to open the pipe for reading in the child
10188 and consume input. */
10189 temp
= temp1
? process_substitute (temp1
, (c
== '>')) : (char *)0;
10193 goto dollar_add_string
;
10195 #endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
10198 /* Posix.2 section 3.6.1 says that tildes following `=' in words
10199 which are not assignment statements are not expanded. If the
10200 shell isn't in posix mode, though, we perform tilde expansion
10201 on `likely candidate' unquoted assignment statements (flags
10202 include W_ASSIGNMENT but not W_QUOTED). A likely candidate
10203 contains an unquoted :~ or =~. Something to think about: we
10204 now have a flag that says to perform tilde expansion on arguments
10205 to `assignment builtins' like declare and export that look like
10206 assignment statements. We now do tilde expansion on such words
10207 even in POSIX mode. */
10208 if (word
->flags
& (W_ASSIGNRHS
|W_NOTILDE
))
10210 if (isexp
== 0 && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
)) == 0 && isifs (c
))
10211 goto add_ifs_character
;
10213 goto add_character
;
10215 /* If we're not in posix mode or forcing assignment-statement tilde
10216 expansion, note where the first `=' appears in the word and prepare
10217 to do tilde expansion following the first `='. We have to keep
10218 track of the first `=' (using assignoff) to avoid being confused
10219 by an `=' in the rhs of the assignment statement. */
10220 if ((word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNMENT
) &&
10221 (posixly_correct
== 0 || (word
->flags
& W_TILDEEXP
)) &&
10222 assignoff
== -1 && sindex
> 0)
10223 assignoff
= sindex
;
10224 if (sindex
== assignoff
&& string
[sindex
+1] == '~') /* XXX */
10225 word
->flags
|= W_ITILDE
;
10227 if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNARG
)
10228 word
->flags
|= W_ASSIGNRHS
; /* affects $@ */
10230 if (isexp
== 0 && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
)) == 0 && isifs (c
))
10233 goto add_ifs_character
;
10236 goto add_character
;
10239 if (word
->flags
& (W_NOTILDE
|W_NOASSNTILDE
))
10241 if (isexp
== 0 && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
)) == 0 && isifs (c
))
10242 goto add_ifs_character
;
10244 goto add_character
;
10247 if ((word
->flags
& (W_ASSIGNMENT
|W_ASSIGNRHS
)) &&
10248 (posixly_correct
== 0 || (word
->flags
& W_TILDEEXP
)) &&
10249 string
[sindex
+1] == '~')
10250 word
->flags
|= W_ITILDE
;
10252 if (isexp
== 0 && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
)) == 0 && isifs (c
))
10253 goto add_ifs_character
;
10255 goto add_character
;
10258 /* If the word isn't supposed to be tilde expanded, or we're not
10259 at the start of a word or after an unquoted : or = in an
10260 assignment statement, we don't do tilde expansion. We don't
10261 do tilde expansion if quoted or in an arithmetic context. */
10263 if ((word
->flags
& (W_NOTILDE
|W_DQUOTE
)) ||
10264 (sindex
> 0 && ((word
->flags
& W_ITILDE
) == 0)) ||
10265 (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)))
10267 word
->flags
&= ~W_ITILDE
;
10268 if (isexp
== 0 && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
)) == 0 && isifs (c
) && (quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) == 0)
10269 goto add_ifs_character
;
10271 goto add_character
;
10274 if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNRHS
)
10276 else if (word
->flags
& (W_ASSIGNMENT
|W_TILDEEXP
))
10281 temp
= bash_tilde_find_word (string
+ sindex
, tflag
, &t_index
);
10283 word
->flags
&= ~W_ITILDE
;
10285 if (temp
&& *temp
&& t_index
> 0)
10287 temp1
= bash_tilde_expand (temp
, tflag
);
10288 if (temp1
&& *temp1
== '~' && STREQ (temp
, temp1
))
10292 goto add_character
; /* tilde expansion failed */
10297 goto add_quoted_string
; /* XXX was add_string */
10302 goto add_character
;
10306 if (expanded_something
)
10307 *expanded_something
= 1;
10308 local_expanded
= 1;
10310 temp_has_dollar_at
= 0;
10311 pflags
= (word
->flags
& W_NOCOMSUB
) ? PF_NOCOMSUB
: 0;
10312 if (word
->flags
& W_NOSPLIT2
)
10313 pflags
|= PF_NOSPLIT2
;
10314 if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNRHS
)
10315 pflags
|= PF_ASSIGNRHS
;
10316 if (word
->flags
& W_COMPLETE
)
10317 pflags
|= PF_COMPLETE
;
10319 tword
= param_expand (string
, &sindex
, quoted
, expanded_something
,
10320 &temp_has_dollar_at
, "ed_dollar_at
,
10321 &had_quoted_null
, pflags
);
10322 has_dollar_at
+= temp_has_dollar_at
;
10323 split_on_spaces
+= (tword
->flags
& W_SPLITSPACE
);
10325 if (tword
== &expand_wdesc_error
|| tword
== &expand_wdesc_fatal
)
10329 return ((tword
== &expand_wdesc_error
) ? &expand_word_error
10330 : &expand_word_fatal
);
10332 if (contains_dollar_at
&& has_dollar_at
)
10333 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
10335 if (tword
&& (tword
->flags
& W_HASQUOTEDNULL
))
10336 had_quoted_null
= 1; /* note for later */
10337 if (tword
&& (tword
->flags
& W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
))
10338 had_quoted_null
= 1; /* XXX */
10340 temp
= tword
? tword
->word
: (char *)NULL
;
10341 dispose_word_desc (tword
);
10343 /* Kill quoted nulls; we will add them back at the end of
10344 expand_word_internal if nothing else in the string */
10345 if (had_quoted_null
&& temp
&& QUOTED_NULL (temp
))
10348 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
10354 case '`': /* Backquoted command substitution. */
10356 t_index
= sindex
++;
10358 temp
= string_extract (string
, &sindex
, "`", SX_REQMATCH
);
10359 /* The test of sindex against t_index is to allow bare instances of
10360 ` to pass through, for backwards compatibility. */
10361 if (temp
== &extract_string_error
|| temp
== &extract_string_fatal
)
10363 if (sindex
- 1 == t_index
)
10366 goto add_character
;
10368 set_exit_status (EXECUTION_FAILURE
);
10369 report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing \"`\" in %s") , string
+t_index
);
10372 return ((temp
== &extract_string_error
) ? &expand_word_error
10373 : &expand_word_fatal
);
10376 if (expanded_something
)
10377 *expanded_something
= 1;
10378 local_expanded
= 1;
10380 if (word
->flags
& W_NOCOMSUB
)
10381 /* sindex + 1 because string[sindex] == '`' */
10382 temp1
= substring (string
, t_index
, sindex
+ 1);
10385 de_backslash (temp
);
10386 tword
= command_substitute (temp
, quoted
, 0);
10387 temp1
= tword
? tword
->word
: (char *)NULL
;
10389 dispose_word_desc (tword
);
10393 goto dollar_add_string
;
10397 if (string
[sindex
+ 1] == '\n')
10403 c
= string
[++sindex
];
10405 /* "However, the double-quote character ( '"' ) shall not be treated
10406 specially within a here-document, except when the double-quote
10407 appears within "$()", "``", or "${}"." */
10408 if ((quoted
& Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
) && (quoted
& Q_DOLBRACE
) && c
== '"')
10409 tflag
= CBSDQUOTE
; /* special case */
10410 else if (quoted
& Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)
10412 else if (quoted
& Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)
10417 /* From Posix discussion on austin-group list: Backslash escaping
10418 a } in ${...} is removed. Issue 0000221 */
10419 if ((quoted
& Q_DOLBRACE
) && c
== RBRACE
)
10421 SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars
, CTLESC
, c
, string
, sindex
, string_size
);
10423 /* This is the fix for " $@\ " */
10424 else if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && ((sh_syntaxtab
[c
] & tflag
) == 0) && isexp
== 0 && isifs (c
))
10426 RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring
, istring_index
, 2, istring_size
,
10427 DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE
);
10428 istring
[istring_index
++] = CTLESC
;
10429 istring
[istring_index
++] = '\\';
10430 istring
[istring_index
] = '\0';
10432 SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars
, CTLESC
, c
, string
, sindex
, string_size
);
10434 else if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && c
== 0)
10436 RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring
, istring_index
, 2, istring_size
,
10437 DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE
);
10438 istring
[istring_index
++] = CTLESC
;
10439 istring
[istring_index
++] = '\\';
10440 istring
[istring_index
] = '\0';
10443 else if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) && ((sh_syntaxtab
[c
] & tflag
) == 0))
10445 SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars
, '\\', c
, string
, sindex
, string_size
);
10450 sindex
--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
10451 goto add_character
;
10455 SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars
, CTLESC
, c
, string
, sindex
, string_size
);
10460 /* BEFORE jumping here, we need to increment sindex if appropriate */
10461 RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring
, istring_index
, 2, istring_size
,
10462 DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE
);
10463 istring
[istring_index
++] = twochars
[0];
10464 istring
[istring_index
++] = twochars
[1];
10465 istring
[istring_index
] = '\0';
10470 if ((quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) && ((quoted
& Q_ARITH
) == 0))
10471 goto add_character
;
10473 t_index
= ++sindex
;
10474 temp
= string_extract_double_quoted (string
, &sindex
, (word
->flags
& W_COMPLETE
) ? SX_COMPLETE
: 0);
10476 /* If the quotes surrounded the entire string, then the
10477 whole word was quoted. */
10478 quoted_state
= (t_index
== 1 && string
[sindex
] == '\0')
10480 : PARTIALLY_QUOTED
;
10484 tword
= alloc_word_desc ();
10485 tword
->word
= temp
;
10487 if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNARG
)
10488 tword
->flags
|= word
->flags
& (W_ASSIGNARG
|W_ASSIGNRHS
); /* affects $@ */
10489 if (word
->flags
& W_COMPLETE
)
10490 tword
->flags
|= W_COMPLETE
; /* for command substitutions */
10491 if (word
->flags
& W_NOCOMSUB
)
10492 tword
->flags
|= W_NOCOMSUB
;
10493 if (word
->flags
& W_NOPROCSUB
)
10494 tword
->flags
|= W_NOPROCSUB
;
10496 if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNRHS
)
10497 tword
->flags
|= W_ASSIGNRHS
;
10499 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
10501 temp_has_dollar_at
= 0; /* does this quoted (sub)string include $@? */
10502 /* Need to get W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag through this function. */
10503 list
= expand_word_internal (tword
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, 0, &temp_has_dollar_at
, (int *)NULL
);
10504 has_dollar_at
+= temp_has_dollar_at
;
10506 if (list
== &expand_word_error
|| list
== &expand_word_fatal
)
10510 /* expand_word_internal has already freed temp_word->word
10511 for us because of the way it prints error messages. */
10512 tword
->word
= (char *)NULL
;
10513 dispose_word (tword
);
10517 dispose_word (tword
);
10519 /* "$@" (a double-quoted dollar-at) expands into nothing,
10520 not even a NULL word, when there are no positional
10521 parameters. Posix interp 888 says that other parts of the
10522 word that expand to quoted nulls result in quoted nulls, so
10523 we can't just throw the entire word away if we have "$@"
10524 anywhere in it. We use had_quoted_null to keep track */
10525 if (list
== 0 && temp_has_dollar_at
) /* XXX - was has_dollar_at */
10527 quoted_dollar_at
++;
10531 /* If this list comes back with a quoted null from expansion,
10532 we have either "$x" or "$@" with $1 == ''. In either case,
10533 we need to make sure we add a quoted null argument and
10534 disable the special handling that "$@" gets. */
10535 if (list
&& list
->word
&& list
->next
== 0 && (list
->word
->flags
& W_HASQUOTEDNULL
))
10537 if (had_quoted_null
&& temp_has_dollar_at
)
10538 quoted_dollar_at
++;
10539 had_quoted_null
= 1; /* XXX */
10542 /* If we get "$@", we know we have expanded something, so we
10543 need to remember it for the final split on $IFS. This is
10544 a special case; it's the only case where a quoted string
10545 can expand into more than one word. It's going to come back
10546 from the above call to expand_word_internal as a list with
10549 dequote_list (list
);
10551 if (temp_has_dollar_at
) /* XXX - was has_dollar_at */
10553 quoted_dollar_at
++;
10554 if (contains_dollar_at
)
10555 *contains_dollar_at
= 1;
10556 if (expanded_something
)
10557 *expanded_something
= 1;
10558 local_expanded
= 1;
10563 /* What we have is "". This is a minor optimization. */
10565 list
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
10566 had_quoted_null
= 1; /* note for later */
10569 /* The code above *might* return a list (consider the case of "$@",
10570 where it returns "$1", "$2", etc.). We can't throw away the
10571 rest of the list, and we have to make sure each word gets added
10572 as quoted. We test on tresult->next: if it is non-NULL, we
10573 quote the whole list, save it to a string with string_list, and
10574 add that string. We don't need to quote the results of this
10575 (and it would be wrong, since that would quote the separators
10576 as well), so we go directly to add_string. */
10581 /* Testing quoted_dollar_at makes sure that "$@" is
10582 split correctly when $IFS does not contain a space. */
10583 temp
= quoted_dollar_at
10584 ? string_list_dollar_at (list
, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
, 0)
10585 : string_list (quote_list (list
));
10586 dispose_words (list
);
10591 temp
= savestring (list
->word
->word
);
10592 tflag
= list
->word
->flags
;
10593 dispose_words (list
);
10595 /* If the string is not a quoted null string, we want
10596 to remove any embedded unquoted CTLNUL characters.
10597 We do not want to turn quoted null strings back into
10598 the empty string, though. We do this because we
10599 want to remove any quoted nulls from expansions that
10600 contain other characters. For example, if we have
10601 x"$*"y or "x$*y" and there are no positional parameters,
10602 the $* should expand into nothing. */
10603 /* We use the W_HASQUOTEDNULL flag to differentiate the
10604 cases: a quoted null character as above and when
10605 CTLNUL is contained in the (non-null) expansion
10606 of some variable. We use the had_quoted_null flag to
10607 pass the value through this function to its caller. */
10608 if ((tflag
& W_HASQUOTEDNULL
) && QUOTED_NULL (temp
) == 0)
10609 remove_quoted_nulls (temp
); /* XXX */
10613 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
10615 if (temp
== 0 && quoted_state
== PARTIALLY_QUOTED
)
10616 had_quoted_null
= 1; /* note for later */
10618 /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
10619 partially quoted; we can throw them away. The exception to
10620 this is when we are going to be performing word splitting,
10621 since we have to preserve a null argument if the next character
10622 will cause word splitting. */
10623 if (temp
== 0 && quoted_state
== PARTIALLY_QUOTED
&& quoted
== 0 && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_EXPANDRHS
|W_ASSIGNRHS
)) == W_EXPANDRHS
)
10627 had_quoted_null
= 1;
10628 goto add_character
;
10630 if (temp
== 0 && quoted_state
== PARTIALLY_QUOTED
&& (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
)))
10638 temp
= quote_string (temp
);
10644 /* Add NULL arg. */
10646 sindex
--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
10647 had_quoted_null
= 1; /* note for later */
10648 goto add_character
;
10654 if ((quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)))
10655 goto add_character
;
10657 t_index
= ++sindex
;
10658 temp
= string_extract_single_quoted (string
, &sindex
);
10660 /* If the entire STRING was surrounded by single quotes,
10661 then the string is wholly quoted. */
10662 quoted_state
= (t_index
== 1 && string
[sindex
] == '\0')
10664 : PARTIALLY_QUOTED
;
10666 /* If all we had was '', it is a null expansion. */
10670 temp
= (char *)NULL
;
10673 remove_quoted_escapes (temp
); /* ??? */
10675 if (temp
== 0 && quoted_state
== PARTIALLY_QUOTED
)
10676 had_quoted_null
= 1; /* note for later */
10678 /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
10679 partially quoted; such nulls are discarded. See above for the
10680 exception, which is when the string is going to be split.
10681 Posix interp 888/1129 */
10682 if (temp
== 0 && quoted_state
== PARTIALLY_QUOTED
&& quoted
== 0 && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_EXPANDRHS
|W_ASSIGNRHS
)) == W_EXPANDRHS
)
10686 goto add_character
;
10689 if (temp
== 0 && (quoted_state
== PARTIALLY_QUOTED
) && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
)))
10692 /* If we have a quoted null expansion, add a quoted NULL to istring. */
10696 sindex
--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
10697 goto add_character
;
10700 goto add_quoted_string
;
10705 /* If we are in a context where the word is not going to be split, but
10706 we need to account for $@ and $* producing one word for each
10707 positional parameter, add quoted spaces so the spaces in the
10708 expansion of "$@", if any, behave correctly. We still may need to
10709 split if we are expanding the rhs of a word expansion. */
10710 if (ifs_is_null
|| split_on_spaces
|| ((word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
|W_ASSIGNRHS
)) && (word
->flags
& W_EXPANDRHS
) == 0))
10712 if (string
[sindex
])
10714 twochars
[0] = CTLESC
;
10721 /* This is the fix for " $@ " */
10723 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) || (isexp
== 0 && isifs (c
) && (word
->flags
& (W_NOSPLIT
|W_NOSPLIT2
)) == 0))
10725 if ((quoted
&(Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) == 0)
10727 add_quoted_character
:
10728 if (string
[sindex
]) /* from old goto dollar_add_string */
10733 goto add_character
;
10737 #if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
10738 /* XXX - should make sure that c is actually multibyte,
10739 otherwise we can use the twochars branch */
10740 if (mb_cur_max
> 1)
10743 if (mb_cur_max
> 1)
10745 SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp
, string
, sindex
, string_size
);
10750 twochars
[0] = CTLESC
;
10757 SADD_MBCHAR (temp
, string
, sindex
, string_size
);
10760 RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring
, istring_index
, 1, istring_size
,
10761 DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE
);
10762 istring
[istring_index
++] = c
;
10763 istring
[istring_index
] = '\0';
10765 /* Next character. */
10770 finished_with_string
:
10771 /* OK, we're ready to return. If we have a quoted string, and
10772 quoted_dollar_at is not set, we do no splitting at all; otherwise
10773 we split on ' '. The routines that call this will handle what to
10774 do if nothing has been expanded. */
10776 /* Partially and wholly quoted strings which expand to the empty
10777 string are retained as an empty arguments. Unquoted strings
10778 which expand to the empty string are discarded. The single
10779 exception is the case of expanding "$@" when there are no
10780 positional parameters. In that case, we discard the expansion. */
10782 /* Because of how the code that handles "" and '' in partially
10783 quoted strings works, we need to make ISTRING into a QUOTED_NULL
10784 if we saw quoting characters, but the expansion was empty.
10785 "" and '' are tossed away before we get to this point when
10786 processing partially quoted strings. This makes "" and $xxx""
10787 equivalent when xxx is unset. We also look to see whether we
10788 saw a quoted null from a ${} expansion and add one back if we
10791 /* If we expand to nothing and there were no single or double quotes
10792 in the word, we throw it away. Otherwise, we return a NULL word.
10793 The single exception is for $@ surrounded by double quotes when
10794 there are no positional parameters. In that case, we also throw
10797 if (*istring
== '\0')
10799 if (quoted_dollar_at
== 0 && (had_quoted_null
|| quoted_state
== PARTIALLY_QUOTED
))
10801 istring
[0] = CTLNUL
;
10803 tword
= alloc_word_desc ();
10804 tword
->word
= istring
;
10805 istring
= 0; /* avoid later free() */
10806 tword
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
; /* XXX */
10807 list
= make_word_list (tword
, (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
10808 if (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
10809 tword
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
;
10811 /* According to sh, ksh, and Posix.2, if a word expands into nothing
10812 and a double-quoted "$@" appears anywhere in it, then the entire
10813 word is removed. */
10814 /* XXX - exception appears to be that quoted null strings result in
10816 else if (quoted_state
== UNQUOTED
|| quoted_dollar_at
)
10817 list
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
10819 list
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
10821 else if (word
->flags
& W_NOSPLIT
)
10823 tword
= alloc_word_desc ();
10824 tword
->word
= istring
;
10825 if (had_quoted_null
&& QUOTED_NULL (istring
))
10826 tword
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
10827 istring
= 0; /* avoid later free() */
10828 if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNMENT
)
10829 tword
->flags
|= W_ASSIGNMENT
; /* XXX */
10830 if (word
->flags
& W_COMPASSIGN
)
10831 tword
->flags
|= W_COMPASSIGN
; /* XXX */
10832 if (word
->flags
& W_NOGLOB
)
10833 tword
->flags
|= W_NOGLOB
; /* XXX */
10834 if (word
->flags
& W_NOBRACE
)
10835 tword
->flags
|= W_NOBRACE
; /* XXX */
10836 if (quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
))
10837 tword
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
;
10838 list
= make_word_list (tword
, (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
10840 else if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNRHS
)
10842 list
= list_string (istring
, "", quoted
);
10843 tword
= list
->word
;
10844 if (had_quoted_null
&& QUOTED_NULL (istring
))
10845 tword
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
;
10848 istring
= 0; /* avoid later free() */
10849 goto set_word_flags
;
10855 ifs_chars
= (quoted_dollar_at
|| has_dollar_at
) ? ifs_value
: (char *)NULL
;
10857 /* If we have $@, we need to split the results no matter what. If
10858 IFS is unset or NULL, string_list_dollar_at has separated the
10859 positional parameters with a space, so we split on space (we have
10860 set ifs_chars to " \t\n" above if ifs is unset). If IFS is set,
10861 string_list_dollar_at has separated the positional parameters
10862 with the first character of $IFS, so we split on $IFS. If
10863 SPLIT_ON_SPACES is set, we expanded $* (unquoted) with IFS either
10864 unset or null, and we want to make sure that we split on spaces
10865 regardless of what else has happened to IFS since the expansion,
10866 or we expanded "$@" with IFS null and we need to split the positional
10867 parameters into separate words. */
10868 if (split_on_spaces
)
10870 /* If IFS is not set, and the word is not quoted, we want to split
10871 the individual words on $' \t\n'. We rely on previous steps to
10872 quote the portions of the word that should not be split */
10873 if (ifs_is_set
== 0)
10874 list
= list_string (istring
, " \t\n", 1); /* XXX quoted == 1? */
10876 list
= list_string (istring
, " ", 1); /* XXX quoted == 1? */
10879 /* If we have $@ (has_dollar_at != 0) and we are in a context where we
10880 don't want to split the result (W_NOSPLIT2), and we are not quoted,
10881 we have already separated the arguments with the first character of
10882 $IFS. In this case, we want to return a list with a single word
10883 with the separator possibly replaced with a space (it's what other
10884 shells seem to do).
10885 quoted_dollar_at is internal to this function and is set if we are
10886 passed an argument that is unquoted (quoted == 0) but we encounter a
10887 double-quoted $@ while expanding it. */
10888 else if (has_dollar_at
&& quoted_dollar_at
== 0 && ifs_chars
&& quoted
== 0 && (word
->flags
& W_NOSPLIT2
))
10890 tword
= alloc_word_desc ();
10891 /* Only split and rejoin if we have to */
10892 if (*ifs_chars
&& *ifs_chars
!= ' ')
10894 /* list_string dequotes CTLESCs in the string it's passed, so we
10895 need it to get the space separation right if space isn't the
10896 first character in IFS (but is present) and to remove the
10897 quoting we added back in param_expand(). */
10898 list
= list_string (istring
, *ifs_chars
? ifs_chars
: " ", 1);
10899 /* This isn't exactly right in the case where we're expanding
10900 the RHS of an expansion like ${var-$@} where IFS=: (for
10901 example). The W_NOSPLIT2 means we do the separation with :;
10902 the list_string removes the quotes and breaks the string into
10903 a list, and the string_list rejoins it on spaces. When we
10904 return, we expect to be able to split the results, but the
10905 space separation means the right split doesn't happen. */
10906 tword
->word
= string_list (list
);
10909 tword
->word
= istring
;
10910 if (had_quoted_null
&& QUOTED_NULL (istring
))
10911 tword
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
; /* XXX */
10912 if (tword
->word
!= istring
)
10914 istring
= 0; /* avoid later free() */
10915 goto set_word_flags
;
10917 else if (has_dollar_at
&& ifs_chars
)
10918 list
= list_string (istring
, *ifs_chars
? ifs_chars
: " ", 1);
10921 tword
= alloc_word_desc ();
10922 if (expanded_something
&& *expanded_something
== 0 && has_quoted_ifs
)
10923 tword
->word
= remove_quoted_ifs (istring
);
10925 tword
->word
= istring
;
10926 if (had_quoted_null
&& QUOTED_NULL (istring
)) /* should check for more than one */
10927 tword
->flags
|= W_HASQUOTEDNULL
; /* XXX */
10928 else if (had_quoted_null
)
10929 tword
->flags
|= W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
; /* XXX */
10930 if (tword
->word
!= istring
)
10932 istring
= 0; /* avoid later free() */
10934 if ((quoted
& (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
)) || (quoted_state
== WHOLLY_QUOTED
))
10935 tword
->flags
|= W_QUOTED
;
10936 if (word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNMENT
)
10937 tword
->flags
|= W_ASSIGNMENT
;
10938 if (word
->flags
& W_COMPASSIGN
)
10939 tword
->flags
|= W_COMPASSIGN
;
10940 if (word
->flags
& W_NOGLOB
)
10941 tword
->flags
|= W_NOGLOB
;
10942 if (word
->flags
& W_NOBRACE
)
10943 tword
->flags
|= W_NOBRACE
;
10944 list
= make_word_list (tword
, (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
10952 /* **************************************************************** */
10954 /* Functions for Quote Removal */
10956 /* **************************************************************** */
10958 /* Perform quote removal on STRING. If QUOTED > 0, assume we are obeying the
10959 backslash quoting rules for within double quotes or a here document. */
10961 string_quote_removal (string
, quoted
)
10966 char *r
, *result_string
, *temp
, *send
;
10967 int sindex
, tindex
, dquote
;
10971 /* The result can be no longer than the original string. */
10972 slen
= strlen (string
);
10973 send
= string
+ slen
;
10975 r
= result_string
= (char *)xmalloc (slen
+ 1);
10977 for (dquote
= sindex
= 0; c
= string
[sindex
];)
10982 c
= string
[++sindex
];
10988 if (((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) || dquote
) && (sh_syntaxtab
[c
] & CBSDQUOTE
) == 0)
10993 SCOPY_CHAR_M (r
, string
, send
, sindex
);
10997 if ((quoted
& (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT
|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES
)) || dquote
)
11003 tindex
= sindex
+ 1;
11004 temp
= string_extract_single_quoted (string
, &tindex
);
11015 dquote
= 1 - dquote
;
11021 return (result_string
);
11026 /* Perform quote removal on word WORD. This allocates and returns a new
11029 word_quote_removal (word
, quoted
)
11036 t
= string_quote_removal (word
->word
, quoted
);
11037 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
11038 w
->word
= t
? t
: savestring ("");
11042 /* Perform quote removal on all words in LIST. If QUOTED is non-zero,
11043 the members of the list are treated as if they are surrounded by
11044 double quotes. Return a new list, or NULL if LIST is NULL. */
11046 word_list_quote_removal (list
, quoted
)
11050 WORD_LIST
*result
, *t
, *tresult
, *e
;
11052 for (t
= list
, result
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
; t
; t
= t
->next
)
11054 tresult
= make_word_list (word_quote_removal (t
->word
, quoted
), (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
11056 result
= (WORD_LIST
*) list_append (result
, tresult
);
11059 result
= e
= tresult
;
11072 /*******************************************
11074 * Functions to perform word splitting *
11076 *******************************************/
11086 ifs_value
= (v
&& value_cell (v
)) ? value_cell (v
) : " \t\n";
11088 ifs_is_set
= ifs_var
!= 0;
11089 ifs_is_null
= ifs_is_set
&& (*ifs_value
== 0);
11091 /* Should really merge ifs_cmap with sh_syntaxtab. XXX - doesn't yet
11092 handle multibyte chars in IFS */
11093 memset (ifs_cmap
, '\0', sizeof (ifs_cmap
));
11094 for (t
= ifs_value
; t
&& *t
; t
++)
11100 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
11101 if (ifs_value
== 0)
11103 ifs_firstc
[0] = '\0'; /* XXX - ? */
11104 ifs_firstc_len
= 1;
11108 if (locale_utf8locale
&& UTF8_SINGLEBYTE (*ifs_value
))
11109 ifs_firstc_len
= (*ifs_value
!= 0) ? 1 : 0;
11113 ifs_len
= strnlen (ifs_value
, MB_CUR_MAX
);
11114 ifs_firstc_len
= MBLEN (ifs_value
, ifs_len
);
11116 if (ifs_firstc_len
== 1 || ifs_firstc_len
== 0 || MB_INVALIDCH (ifs_firstc_len
))
11118 ifs_firstc
[0] = ifs_value
[0];
11119 ifs_firstc
[1] = '\0';
11120 ifs_firstc_len
= 1;
11123 memcpy (ifs_firstc
, ifs_value
, ifs_firstc_len
);
11126 ifs_firstc
= ifs_value
? *ifs_value
: 0;
11136 /* This splits a single word into a WORD LIST on $IFS, but only if the word
11137 is not quoted. list_string () performs quote removal for us, even if we
11138 don't do any splitting. */
11140 word_split (w
, ifs_chars
)
11150 xifs
= ((w
->flags
& W_QUOTED
) || ifs_chars
== 0) ? "" : ifs_chars
;
11151 result
= list_string (w
->word
, xifs
, w
->flags
& W_QUOTED
);
11154 result
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
11159 /* Perform word splitting on LIST and return the RESULT. It is possible
11160 to return (WORD_LIST *)NULL. */
11162 word_list_split (list
)
11165 WORD_LIST
*result
, *t
, *tresult
, *e
;
11168 for (t
= list
, result
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
; t
; t
= t
->next
)
11170 tresult
= word_split (t
->word
, ifs_value
);
11171 /* POSIX 2.6: "If the complete expansion appropriate for a word results
11172 in an empty field, that empty field shall be deleted from the list
11173 of fields that form the completely expanded command, unless the
11174 original word contained single-quote or double-quote characters."
11175 This is where we handle these words that contain quoted null strings
11176 and other characters that expand to nothing after word splitting. */
11177 if (tresult
== 0 && t
->word
&& (t
->word
->flags
& W_SAWQUOTEDNULL
)) /* XXX */
11179 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
11180 w
->word
= (char *)xmalloc (1);
11182 tresult
= make_word_list (w
, (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
11185 result
= e
= tresult
;
11196 /**************************************************
11198 * Functions to expand an entire WORD_LIST *
11200 **************************************************/
11202 /* Do any word-expansion-specific cleanup and jump to top_level */
11204 exp_jump_to_top_level (v
)
11207 set_pipestatus_from_exit (last_command_exit_value
);
11209 /* Cleanup code goes here. */
11210 expand_no_split_dollar_star
= 0; /* XXX */
11211 if (expanding_redir
)
11212 undo_partial_redirects ();
11213 expanding_redir
= 0;
11214 assigning_in_environment
= 0;
11216 if (parse_and_execute_level
== 0)
11217 top_level_cleanup (); /* from sig.c */
11219 jump_to_top_level (v
);
11222 /* Put NLIST (which is a WORD_LIST * of only one element) at the front of
11223 ELIST, and set ELIST to the new list. */
11224 #define PREPEND_LIST(nlist, elist) \
11225 do { nlist->next = elist; elist = nlist; } while (0)
11227 /* Separate out any initial variable assignments from TLIST. If set -k has
11228 been executed, remove all assignment statements from TLIST. Initial
11229 variable assignments and other environment assignments are placed
11230 on SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */
11232 separate_out_assignments (tlist
)
11235 register WORD_LIST
*vp
, *lp
;
11238 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
11240 if (subst_assign_varlist
)
11241 dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist
); /* Clean up after previous error */
11243 subst_assign_varlist
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
11246 /* Separate out variable assignments at the start of the command.
11247 Loop invariant: vp->next == lp
11248 Loop postcondition:
11249 lp = list of words left after assignment statements skipped
11250 tlist = original list of words
11252 while (lp
&& (lp
->word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNMENT
))
11258 /* If lp != tlist, we have some initial assignment statements.
11259 We make SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST point to the list of assignment
11260 words and TLIST point to the remaining words. */
11263 subst_assign_varlist
= tlist
;
11264 /* ASSERT(vp->next == lp); */
11265 vp
->next
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
; /* terminate variable list */
11266 tlist
= lp
; /* remainder of word list */
11269 /* vp == end of variable list */
11270 /* tlist == remainder of original word list without variable assignments */
11272 /* All the words in tlist were assignment statements */
11273 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
11275 /* ASSERT(tlist != NULL); */
11276 /* ASSERT((tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0); */
11278 /* If the -k option is in effect, we need to go through the remaining
11279 words, separate out the assignment words, and place them on
11280 SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */
11281 if (place_keywords_in_env
)
11283 WORD_LIST
*tp
; /* tp == running pointer into tlist */
11288 /* Loop Invariant: tp->next == lp */
11289 /* Loop postcondition: tlist == word list without assignment statements */
11292 if (lp
->word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNMENT
)
11294 /* Found an assignment statement, add this word to end of
11295 subst_assign_varlist (vp). */
11296 if (!subst_assign_varlist
)
11297 subst_assign_varlist
= vp
= lp
;
11304 /* Remove the word pointed to by LP from TLIST. */
11305 tp
->next
= lp
->next
;
11306 /* ASSERT(vp == lp); */
11307 lp
->next
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
11320 #define WEXP_VARASSIGN 0x001
11321 #define WEXP_BRACEEXP 0x002
11322 #define WEXP_TILDEEXP 0x004
11323 #define WEXP_PARAMEXP 0x008
11324 #define WEXP_PATHEXP 0x010
11326 /* All of the expansions, including variable assignments at the start of
11328 #define WEXP_ALL (WEXP_VARASSIGN|WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP)
11330 /* All of the expansions except variable assignments at the start of
11332 #define WEXP_NOVARS (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP)
11334 /* All of the `shell expansions': brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter
11335 expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, word splitting, and
11337 #define WEXP_SHELLEXP (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP)
11339 /* Take the list of words in LIST and do the various substitutions. Return
11340 a new list of words which is the expanded list, and without things like
11341 variable assignments. */
11344 expand_words (list
)
11347 return (expand_word_list_internal (list
, WEXP_ALL
));
11350 /* Same as expand_words (), but doesn't hack variable or environment
11353 expand_words_no_vars (list
)
11356 return (expand_word_list_internal (list
, WEXP_NOVARS
));
11360 expand_words_shellexp (list
)
11363 return (expand_word_list_internal (list
, WEXP_SHELLEXP
));
11367 glob_expand_word_list (tlist
, eflags
)
11371 char **glob_array
, *temp_string
;
11372 register int glob_index
;
11373 WORD_LIST
*glob_list
, *output_list
, *disposables
, *next
;
11377 output_list
= disposables
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
11378 glob_array
= (char **)NULL
;
11381 /* For each word, either globbing is attempted or the word is
11382 added to orig_list. If globbing succeeds, the results are
11383 added to orig_list and the word (tlist) is added to the list
11384 of disposable words. If globbing fails and failed glob
11385 expansions are left unchanged (the shell default), the
11386 original word is added to orig_list. If globbing fails and
11387 failed glob expansions are removed, the original word is
11388 added to the list of disposable words. orig_list ends up
11389 in reverse order and requires a call to REVERSE_LIST to
11390 be set right. After all words are examined, the disposable
11391 words are freed. */
11392 next
= tlist
->next
;
11394 /* If the word isn't an assignment and contains an unquoted
11395 pattern matching character, then glob it. */
11396 if ((tlist
->word
->flags
& W_NOGLOB
) == 0 &&
11397 unquoted_glob_pattern_p (tlist
->word
->word
))
11399 glob_array
= shell_glob_filename (tlist
->word
->word
, QGLOB_CTLESC
); /* XXX */
11401 /* Handle error cases.
11402 I don't think we should report errors like "No such file
11403 or directory". However, I would like to report errors
11404 like "Read failed". */
11406 if (glob_array
== 0 || GLOB_FAILED (glob_array
))
11408 glob_array
= (char **)xmalloc (sizeof (char *));
11409 glob_array
[0] = (char *)NULL
;
11412 /* Dequote the current word in case we have to use it. */
11413 if (glob_array
[0] == NULL
)
11415 temp_string
= dequote_string (tlist
->word
->word
);
11416 free (tlist
->word
->word
);
11417 tlist
->word
->word
= temp_string
;
11420 /* Make the array into a word list. */
11421 glob_list
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
11422 for (glob_index
= 0; glob_array
[glob_index
]; glob_index
++)
11424 tword
= make_bare_word (glob_array
[glob_index
]);
11425 glob_list
= make_word_list (tword
, glob_list
);
11430 output_list
= (WORD_LIST
*)list_append (glob_list
, output_list
);
11431 PREPEND_LIST (tlist
, disposables
);
11433 else if (fail_glob_expansion
!= 0)
11435 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
11436 report_error (_("no match: %s"), tlist
->word
->word
);
11437 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
11439 else if (allow_null_glob_expansion
== 0)
11441 /* Failed glob expressions are left unchanged. */
11442 PREPEND_LIST (tlist
, output_list
);
11446 /* Failed glob expressions are removed. */
11447 PREPEND_LIST (tlist
, disposables
);
11452 /* Dequote the string. */
11453 temp_string
= dequote_string (tlist
->word
->word
);
11454 free (tlist
->word
->word
);
11455 tlist
->word
->word
= temp_string
;
11456 PREPEND_LIST (tlist
, output_list
);
11459 strvec_dispose (glob_array
);
11460 glob_array
= (char **)NULL
;
11466 dispose_words (disposables
);
11469 output_list
= REVERSE_LIST (output_list
, WORD_LIST
*);
11471 return (output_list
);
11474 #if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
11476 brace_expand_word_list (tlist
, eflags
)
11480 register char **expansions
;
11482 WORD_LIST
*disposables
, *output_list
, *next
;
11486 for (disposables
= output_list
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
; tlist
; tlist
= next
)
11488 next
= tlist
->next
;
11490 if (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_NOBRACE
)
11492 /*itrace("brace_expand_word_list: %s: W_NOBRACE", tlist->word->word);*/
11493 PREPEND_LIST (tlist
, output_list
);
11497 if ((tlist
->word
->flags
& (W_COMPASSIGN
|W_ASSIGNARG
)) == (W_COMPASSIGN
|W_ASSIGNARG
))
11499 /*itrace("brace_expand_word_list: %s: W_COMPASSIGN|W_ASSIGNARG", tlist->word->word);*/
11500 PREPEND_LIST (tlist
, output_list
);
11504 /* Only do brace expansion if the word has a brace character. If
11505 not, just add the word list element to BRACES and continue. In
11506 the common case, at least when running shell scripts, this will
11507 degenerate to a bunch of calls to `mbschr', and then what is
11508 basically a reversal of TLIST into BRACES, which is corrected
11509 by a call to REVERSE_LIST () on BRACES when the end of TLIST
11511 if (mbschr (tlist
->word
->word
, LBRACE
))
11513 expansions
= brace_expand (tlist
->word
->word
);
11515 for (eindex
= 0; temp_string
= expansions
[eindex
]; eindex
++)
11517 w
= alloc_word_desc ();
11518 w
->word
= temp_string
;
11520 /* If brace expansion didn't change the word, preserve
11521 the flags. We may want to preserve the flags
11522 unconditionally someday -- XXX */
11523 if (STREQ (temp_string
, tlist
->word
->word
))
11524 w
->flags
= tlist
->word
->flags
;
11526 w
= make_word_flags (w
, temp_string
);
11528 output_list
= make_word_list (w
, output_list
);
11532 /* Add TLIST to the list of words to be freed after brace
11533 expansion has been performed. */
11534 PREPEND_LIST (tlist
, disposables
);
11537 PREPEND_LIST (tlist
, output_list
);
11541 dispose_words (disposables
);
11544 output_list
= REVERSE_LIST (output_list
, WORD_LIST
*);
11546 return (output_list
);
11550 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
11551 /* Take WORD, a compound array assignment, and internally run (for example),
11552 'declare -A w', where W is the variable name portion of WORD. OPTION is
11553 the list of options to supply to `declare'. CMD is the declaration command
11554 we are expanding right now; it's unused currently. */
11556 make_internal_declare (word
, option
, cmd
)
11565 w
= make_word (word
);
11567 t
= assignment (w
->word
, 0);
11568 if (w
->word
[t
] == '=')
11571 if (w
->word
[t
- 1] == '+') /* cut off any append op */
11572 w
->word
[t
- 1] = '\0';
11575 wl
= make_word_list (w
, (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
11576 wl
= make_word_list (make_word (option
), wl
);
11578 r
= declare_builtin (wl
);
11580 dispose_words (wl
);
11584 /* Expand VALUE in NAME[+]=( VALUE ) to a list of words. FLAGS is 1 if NAME
11585 is an associative array.
11587 If we are processing an indexed array, expand_compound_array_assignment
11588 will expand all the individual words and quote_compound_array_list will
11589 single-quote them. If we are processing an associative array, we use
11590 parse_string_to_word_list to split VALUE into a list of words instead of
11591 faking up a shell variable and calling expand_compound_array_assignment.
11592 expand_and_quote_assoc_word expands and single-quotes each word in VALUE
11593 together so we don't have problems finding the end of the subscript when
11596 Words in VALUE can be individual words, which are expanded and single-quoted,
11597 or words of the form [IND]=VALUE, which end up as explained below, as
11598 ['expanded-ind']='expanded-value'. */
11601 expand_oneword (value
, flags
)
11610 /* Indexed array */
11611 l
= expand_compound_array_assignment ((SHELL_VAR
*)NULL
, value
, flags
);
11612 /* Now we quote the results of the expansion above to prevent double
11614 quote_compound_array_list (l
, flags
);
11619 /* Associative array */
11620 l
= parse_string_to_word_list (value
, 1, "array assign");
11621 /* For associative arrays, with their arbitrary subscripts, we have to
11622 expand and quote in one step so we don't have to search for the
11623 closing right bracket more than once. */
11624 for (nl
= l
; nl
; nl
= nl
->next
)
11626 if ((nl
->word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNMENT
) == 0)
11627 t
= sh_single_quote (nl
->word
->word
? nl
->word
->word
: "");
11629 t
= expand_and_quote_assoc_word (nl
->word
->word
, flags
);
11630 free (nl
->word
->word
);
11631 nl
->word
->word
= t
;
11637 /* Expand a single compound assignment argument to a declaration builtin.
11638 This word takes the form NAME[+]=( VALUE ). The NAME[+]= is passed through
11639 unchanged. The VALUE is expanded and each word in the result is single-
11640 quoted. Words of the form [key]=value end up as
11641 ['expanded-key']='expanded-value'. Associative arrays have special
11642 handling, see expand_oneword() above. The return value is
11643 NAME[+]=( expanded-and-quoted-VALUE ). */
11645 expand_compound_assignment_word (tlist
, flags
)
11651 char *value
, *temp
;
11653 /*itrace("expand_compound_assignment_word: original word = -%s-", tlist->word->word);*/
11654 t
= assignment (tlist
->word
->word
, 0);
11656 /* value doesn't have the open and close parens */
11658 value
= extract_array_assignment_list (tlist
->word
->word
+ t
+ 1, &oind
);
11659 /* This performs one round of expansion on the index/key and value and
11660 single-quotes each word in the result. */
11661 l
= expand_oneword (value
, flags
);
11664 value
= string_list (l
);
11665 wlen
= STRLEN (value
);
11667 /* Now, let's rebuild the string */
11668 temp
= xmalloc (t
+ 3 + wlen
+ 1); /* name[+]=(value) */
11669 memcpy (temp
, tlist
->word
->word
, ++t
);
11672 memcpy (temp
+ t
, value
, wlen
);
11676 /*itrace("expand_compound_assignment_word: reconstructed word = -%s-", temp);*/
11678 free (tlist
->word
->word
);
11679 tlist
->word
->word
= temp
;
11684 /* Expand and process an argument to a declaration command. We have already
11685 set flags in TLIST->word->flags depending on the declaration command
11686 (declare, local, etc.) and the options supplied to it (-a, -A, etc.).
11687 TLIST->word->word is of the form NAME[+]=( VALUE ).
11689 This does several things, all using pieces of other functions to get the
11690 evaluation sequence right. It's called for compound array assignments with
11691 the W_ASSIGNMENT flag set (basically, valid identifier names on the lhs).
11692 It parses out which flags need to be set for declare to create the variable
11693 correctly, then calls declare internally (make_internal_declare) to make
11694 sure the variable exists with the correct attributes. Before the variable
11695 is created, it calls expand_compound_assignment_word to expand VALUE to a
11696 list of words, appropriately quoted for further evaluation. This preserves
11697 the semantics of word-expansion-before-calling-builtins. Finally, it calls
11698 do_word_assignment to perform the expansion and assignment with the same
11699 expansion semantics as a standalone assignment statement (no word splitting,
11700 etc.) even though the word is single-quoted so all that needs to happen is
11703 expand_declaration_argument (tlist
, wcmd
)
11704 WORD_LIST
*tlist
, *wcmd
;
11706 char opts
[16], omap
[128];
11707 int t
, opti
, oind
, skip
, inheriting
;
11710 inheriting
= localvar_inherit
;
11712 if (tlist
->word
->flags
& (W_ASSIGNASSOC
|W_ASSNGLOBAL
|W_CHKLOCAL
|W_ASSIGNARRAY
))
11713 opts
[opti
++] = '-';
11715 if ((tlist
->word
->flags
& (W_ASSIGNASSOC
|W_ASSNGLOBAL
)) == (W_ASSIGNASSOC
|W_ASSNGLOBAL
))
11717 opts
[opti
++] = 'g';
11718 opts
[opti
++] = 'A';
11720 else if (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNASSOC
)
11722 opts
[opti
++] = 'A';
11724 else if ((tlist
->word
->flags
& (W_ASSIGNARRAY
|W_ASSNGLOBAL
)) == (W_ASSIGNARRAY
|W_ASSNGLOBAL
))
11726 opts
[opti
++] = 'g';
11727 opts
[opti
++] = 'a';
11729 else if (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNARRAY
)
11731 opts
[opti
++] = 'a';
11733 else if (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_ASSNGLOBAL
)
11734 opts
[opti
++] = 'g';
11736 if (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_CHKLOCAL
)
11737 opts
[opti
++] = 'G';
11739 /* If we have special handling note the integer attribute and others
11740 that transform the value upon assignment. What we do is take all
11741 of the option arguments and scan through them looking for options
11742 that cause such transformations, and add them to the `opts' array. */
11744 memset (omap
, '\0', sizeof (omap
));
11745 for (l
= wcmd
->next
; l
!= tlist
; l
= l
->next
)
11747 if (l
->word
->word
[0] != '-')
11748 break; /* non-option argument */
11749 if (l
->word
->word
[0] == '-' && l
->word
->word
[1] == '-' && l
->word
->word
[2] == 0)
11750 break; /* -- signals end of options */
11751 for (oind
= 1; l
->word
->word
[oind
]; oind
++)
11752 switch (l
->word
->word
[oind
])
11760 omap
[l
->word
->word
[oind
]] = 1;
11762 opts
[opti
++] = '-';
11769 for (oind
= 0; oind
< sizeof (omap
); oind
++)
11771 opts
[opti
++] = oind
;
11773 /* If there are no -a/-A options, but we have a compound assignment,
11774 we have a choice: we can set opts[0]='-', opts[1]='a', since the
11775 default is to create an indexed array, and call
11776 make_internal_declare with that, or we can just skip the -a and let
11777 declare_builtin deal with it. Once we're here, we're better set
11778 up for the latter, since we don't want to deal with looking up
11779 any existing variable here -- better to let declare_builtin do it.
11780 We need the variable created, though, especially if it's local, so
11781 we get the scoping right before we call do_word_assignment.
11782 To ensure that make_local_declare gets called, we add `--' if there
11783 aren't any options. */
11784 if ((tlist
->word
->flags
& (W_ASSIGNASSOC
|W_ASSIGNARRAY
)) == 0)
11788 opts
[opti
++] = '-';
11789 opts
[opti
++] = '-';
11794 /* This isn't perfect, but it's a start. Improvements later. We expand
11795 tlist->word->word and single-quote the results to avoid multiple
11796 expansions by, say, do_assignment_internal(). We have to weigh the
11797 cost of reconstructing the compound assignment string with its single
11798 quoting and letting the declare builtin handle it. The single quotes
11799 will prevent any unwanted additional expansion or word splitting. */
11800 expand_compound_assignment_word (tlist
, (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_ASSIGNASSOC
) ? 1 : 0);
11805 t
= make_internal_declare (tlist
->word
->word
, opts
, wcmd
? wcmd
->word
->word
: (char *)0);
11806 if (t
!= EXECUTION_SUCCESS
)
11808 last_command_exit_value
= t
;
11809 if (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_FORCELOCAL
) /* non-fatal error */
11812 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
11818 t
= do_word_assignment (tlist
->word
, 0);
11821 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
11822 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
11826 /* Now transform the word as ksh93 appears to do and go on */
11827 t
= assignment (tlist
->word
->word
, 0);
11828 tlist
->word
->word
[t
] = '\0';
11829 if (tlist
->word
->word
[t
- 1] == '+')
11830 tlist
->word
->word
[t
- 1] = '\0'; /* cut off append op */
11831 tlist
->word
->flags
&= ~(W_ASSIGNMENT
|W_NOSPLIT
|W_COMPASSIGN
|W_ASSIGNARG
|W_ASSIGNASSOC
|W_ASSIGNARRAY
);
11835 #endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
11838 shell_expand_word_list (tlist
, eflags
)
11842 WORD_LIST
*expanded
, *orig_list
, *new_list
, *next
, *temp_list
, *wcmd
;
11843 int expanded_something
, has_dollar_at
;
11845 /* We do tilde expansion all the time. This is what 1003.2 says. */
11846 wcmd
= new_list
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
11848 for (orig_list
= tlist
; tlist
; tlist
= next
)
11850 if (wcmd
== 0 && (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_ASSNBLTIN
))
11853 next
= tlist
->next
;
11855 #if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
11856 /* If this is a compound array assignment to a builtin that accepts
11857 such assignments (e.g., `declare'), take the assignment and perform
11858 it separately, handling the semantics of declarations inside shell
11859 functions. This avoids the double-evaluation of such arguments,
11860 because `declare' does some evaluation of compound assignments on
11862 if ((tlist
->word
->flags
& (W_COMPASSIGN
|W_ASSIGNARG
)) == (W_COMPASSIGN
|W_ASSIGNARG
))
11863 expand_declaration_argument (tlist
, wcmd
);
11866 expanded_something
= 0;
11867 expanded
= expand_word_internal
11868 (tlist
->word
, 0, 0, &has_dollar_at
, &expanded_something
);
11870 if (expanded
== &expand_word_error
|| expanded
== &expand_word_fatal
)
11872 /* By convention, each time this error is returned,
11873 tlist->word->word has already been freed. */
11874 tlist
->word
->word
= (char *)NULL
;
11876 /* Dispose our copy of the original list. */
11877 dispose_words (orig_list
);
11878 /* Dispose the new list we're building. */
11879 dispose_words (new_list
);
11881 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
11882 if (expanded
== &expand_word_error
)
11883 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
11885 exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF
);
11888 /* Don't split words marked W_NOSPLIT. */
11889 if (expanded_something
&& (tlist
->word
->flags
& W_NOSPLIT
) == 0)
11891 temp_list
= word_list_split (expanded
);
11892 dispose_words (expanded
);
11896 /* If no parameter expansion, command substitution, process
11897 substitution, or arithmetic substitution took place, then
11898 do not do word splitting. We still have to remove quoted
11899 null characters from the result. */
11900 word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (expanded
);
11901 temp_list
= expanded
;
11904 expanded
= REVERSE_LIST (temp_list
, WORD_LIST
*);
11905 new_list
= (WORD_LIST
*)list_append (expanded
, new_list
);
11909 dispose_words (orig_list
);
11912 new_list
= REVERSE_LIST (new_list
, WORD_LIST
*);
11917 /* The workhorse for expand_words () and expand_words_no_vars ().
11918 First arg is LIST, a WORD_LIST of words.
11919 Second arg EFLAGS is a flags word controlling which expansions are
11922 This does all of the substitutions: brace expansion, tilde expansion,
11923 parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
11924 process substitution, word splitting, and pathname expansion, according
11925 to the bits set in EFLAGS. Words with the W_QUOTED or W_NOSPLIT bits
11926 set, or for which no expansion is done, do not undergo word splitting.
11927 Words with the W_NOGLOB bit set do not undergo pathname expansion; words
11928 with W_NOBRACE set do not undergo brace expansion (see
11929 brace_expand_word_list above). */
11931 expand_word_list_internal (list
, eflags
)
11935 WORD_LIST
*new_list
, *temp_list
;
11939 tempenv_assign_error
= 0;
11941 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
11943 garglist
= new_list
= copy_word_list (list
);
11944 if (eflags
& WEXP_VARASSIGN
)
11946 garglist
= new_list
= separate_out_assignments (new_list
);
11949 if (subst_assign_varlist
)
11951 /* All the words were variable assignments, so they are placed
11952 into the shell's environment. */
11953 for (temp_list
= subst_assign_varlist
; temp_list
; temp_list
= temp_list
->next
)
11955 savecmd
= this_command_name
;
11956 this_command_name
= (char *)NULL
; /* no arithmetic errors */
11957 tint
= do_word_assignment (temp_list
->word
, 0);
11958 this_command_name
= savecmd
;
11959 /* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells
11960 running in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit, unless
11961 they are being run by the `command' builtin. */
11964 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
11965 if (interactive_shell
== 0 && posixly_correct
&& executing_command_builtin
== 0)
11966 exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF
);
11968 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
11971 dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist
);
11972 subst_assign_varlist
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;
11974 return ((WORD_LIST
*)NULL
);
11978 /* Begin expanding the words that remain. The expansions take place on
11979 things that aren't really variable assignments. */
11981 #if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
11982 /* Do brace expansion on this word if there are any brace characters
11984 if ((eflags
& WEXP_BRACEEXP
) && brace_expansion
&& new_list
)
11985 new_list
= brace_expand_word_list (new_list
, eflags
);
11986 #endif /* BRACE_EXPANSION */
11988 /* Perform the `normal' shell expansions: tilde expansion, parameter and
11989 variable substitution, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
11990 and word splitting. */
11991 new_list
= shell_expand_word_list (new_list
, eflags
);
11993 /* Okay, we're almost done. Now let's just do some filename
11997 if ((eflags
& WEXP_PATHEXP
) && disallow_filename_globbing
== 0)
11998 /* Glob expand the word list unless globbing has been disabled. */
11999 new_list
= glob_expand_word_list (new_list
, eflags
);
12001 /* Dequote the words, because we're not performing globbing. */
12002 new_list
= dequote_list (new_list
);
12005 if ((eflags
& WEXP_VARASSIGN
) && subst_assign_varlist
)
12007 sh_wassign_func_t
*assign_func
;
12008 int is_special_builtin
, is_builtin_or_func
;
12010 /* If the remainder of the words expand to nothing, Posix.2 requires
12011 that the variable and environment assignments affect the shell's
12013 assign_func
= new_list
? assign_in_env
: do_word_assignment
;
12014 tempenv_assign_error
= 0;
12016 is_builtin_or_func
= (new_list
&& new_list
->word
&& (find_shell_builtin (new_list
->word
->word
) || find_function (new_list
->word
->word
)));
12017 /* Posix says that special builtins exit if a variable assignment error
12018 occurs in an assignment preceding it. */
12019 is_special_builtin
= (posixly_correct
&& new_list
&& new_list
->word
&& find_special_builtin (new_list
->word
->word
));
12021 for (temp_list
= subst_assign_varlist
; temp_list
; temp_list
= temp_list
->next
)
12023 savecmd
= this_command_name
;
12024 this_command_name
= (char *)NULL
;
12025 assigning_in_environment
= (assign_func
== assign_in_env
);
12026 tint
= (*assign_func
) (temp_list
->word
, is_builtin_or_func
);
12027 assigning_in_environment
= 0;
12028 this_command_name
= savecmd
;
12029 /* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells running
12030 in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit. */
12033 if (assign_func
== do_word_assignment
)
12035 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
12036 if (interactive_shell
== 0 && posixly_correct
)
12037 exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF
);
12039 exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD
);
12041 else if (interactive_shell
== 0 && is_special_builtin
)
12043 last_command_exit_value
= EXECUTION_FAILURE
;
12044 exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF
);
12047 tempenv_assign_error
++;
12051 dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist
);
12052 subst_assign_varlist
= (WORD_LIST
*)NULL
;